clang API Documentation

SemaDecl.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
00002 //
00003 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
00004 //
00005 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
00006 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
00007 //
00008 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
00009 //
00010 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
00011 //
00012 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
00013 
00014 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
00015 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
00016 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
00017 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
00018 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
00019 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
00020 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
00021 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
00022 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
00023 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
00024 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
00025 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
00026 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
00027 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
00028 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
00029 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
00030 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
00031 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
00032 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
00033 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
00034 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
00035 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
00036 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
00037 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
00038 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
00039 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
00040 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
00041 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
00042 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
00043 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
00044 #include <algorithm>
00045 #include <cstring>
00046 #include <functional>
00047 using namespace clang;
00048 using namespace sema;
00049 
00050 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
00051   if (OwnedType) {
00052     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
00053     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
00054   }
00055 
00056   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
00057 }
00058 
00059 namespace {
00060 
00061 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
00062  public:
00063   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) {
00064     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
00065     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
00066     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
00067   }
00068 
00069   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
00070     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
00071       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
00072           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
00073     else
00074       return candidate.isKeyword();
00075   }
00076 
00077  private:
00078   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
00079 };
00080 
00081 }
00082 
00083 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
00084 /// return the declaration of that type.
00085 ///
00086 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
00087 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
00088 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
00089 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
00090 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
00091 ///
00092 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
00093 /// and then return NULL.
00094 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
00095                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
00096                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
00097                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
00098                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
00099                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
00100                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
00101   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
00102   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
00103   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
00104     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
00105     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
00106       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
00107   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
00108     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
00109 
00110     if (!LookupCtx) {
00111       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
00112         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
00113         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
00114         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
00115         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
00116         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
00117         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
00118         //
00119         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
00120         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
00121         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
00122           return ParsedType();
00123         
00124         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
00125         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
00126         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
00127           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
00128         
00129         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
00130         QualType T =
00131           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
00132                             II, NameLoc);
00133         
00134           return ParsedType::make(T);
00135       }
00136       
00137       return ParsedType();
00138     }
00139     
00140     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
00141         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
00142       return ParsedType();
00143   }
00144 
00145   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
00146   // lookup for class-names.
00147   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
00148                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
00149   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
00150   if (LookupCtx) {
00151     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
00152     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
00153     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
00154     // nested-name-specifier.
00155     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
00156 
00157     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
00158       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
00159       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
00160       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 
00161       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
00162       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
00163       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
00164       LookupName(Result, S);
00165     }
00166   } else {
00167     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
00168     LookupName(Result, S);
00169   }
00170   
00171   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
00172   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
00173   case LookupResult::NotFound:
00174   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
00175     if (CorrectedII) {
00176       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true);
00177       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
00178                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
00179       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
00180       TemplateTy Template;
00181       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
00182       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
00183       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
00184       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
00185       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
00186       if (SS && NNS) {
00187         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
00188         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
00189       }
00190       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
00191           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
00192           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
00193           // is handled elsewhere).
00194           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
00195             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
00196                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
00197         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
00198                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
00199                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
00200                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
00201         if (Ty) {
00202           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
00203           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
00204               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
00205           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
00206               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr
00207               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
00208                                               CorrectedStr);
00209           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
00210             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
00211               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
00212 
00213           if (SS && NNS)
00214             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
00215           *CorrectedII = NewII;
00216           return Ty;
00217         }
00218       }
00219     }
00220     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
00221   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
00222   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
00223     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00224     return ParsedType();
00225 
00226   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
00227     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
00228     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
00229     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
00230     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
00231     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
00232     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
00233       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00234       return ParsedType();
00235     }
00236 
00237     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
00238     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
00239          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
00240       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
00241         if (!IIDecl ||
00242             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
00243               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
00244           IIDecl = *Res;
00245       }
00246     }
00247 
00248     if (!IIDecl) {
00249       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
00250       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
00251       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
00252       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
00253       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
00254       // a type name.
00255       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00256       return ParsedType();
00257     }
00258 
00259     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
00260     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
00261     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
00262     // perform the name lookup again.
00263     break;
00264 
00265   case LookupResult::Found:
00266     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
00267     break;
00268   }
00269 
00270   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
00271 
00272   QualType T;
00273   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
00274     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
00275 
00276     if (T.isNull())
00277       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
00278 
00279     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
00280     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
00281     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
00282     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
00283       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
00284         // Construct a type with type-source information.
00285         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
00286         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
00287         
00288         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
00289         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
00290         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
00291         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
00292         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
00293       } else {
00294         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
00295       }
00296     }
00297   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
00298     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
00299     if (!HasTrailingDot)
00300       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
00301   }
00302 
00303   if (T.isNull()) {
00304     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
00305     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00306     return ParsedType();
00307   }
00308   return ParsedType::make(T);
00309 }
00310 
00311 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
00312 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
00313 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
00314 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
00315 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
00316 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
00317   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
00318   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
00319   LookupName(R, S, false);
00320   R.suppressDiagnostics();
00321   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
00322     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
00323       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
00324       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
00325       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
00326       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
00327       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
00328       }
00329     }
00330 
00331   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
00332 }
00333 
00334 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
00335 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
00336 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
00337 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
00338 /// @code
00339 /// template<class T> class A {
00340 /// public:
00341 ///   typedef int TYPE;
00342 /// };
00343 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
00344 /// public:
00345 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
00346 /// };
00347 /// @endcode
00348 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
00349   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
00350     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
00351 
00352     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
00353     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
00354           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
00355       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
00356         return true;
00357     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
00358   } 
00359   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
00360 }
00361 
00362 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 
00363                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
00364                                    Scope *S,
00365                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
00366                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
00367   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
00368   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
00369   
00370   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
00371   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
00372   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
00373   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc),
00374                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
00375                                              Validator)) {
00376     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
00377     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
00378 
00379     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
00380       // We corrected to a keyword.
00381       // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
00382       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
00383         << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr;
00384     } else {
00385       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
00386       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
00387       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
00388         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
00389           << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr
00390           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
00391       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
00392         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
00393           << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
00394           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
00395       else
00396         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
00397 
00398       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
00399         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
00400 
00401       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
00402                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
00403                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
00404                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
00405     }
00406     return true;
00407   }
00408 
00409   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
00410     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
00411     UnqualifiedId Name;
00412     Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
00413     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
00414     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
00415     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
00416     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
00417                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
00418                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
00419       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
00420       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
00421       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
00422         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
00423           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
00424       }
00425       return true;
00426     }
00427   }
00428 
00429   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
00430   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
00431   
00432   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
00433     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
00434   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
00435     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 
00436       << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
00437   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
00438     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
00439     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
00440       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
00441 
00442     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
00443       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
00444       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
00445       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
00446     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc)
00447                                                                          .get();
00448   } else {
00449     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 
00450            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
00451   }
00452   
00453   return true;
00454 }
00455 
00456 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
00457 /// or 
00458 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
00459   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
00460                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
00461   
00462   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
00463     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
00464       return true;
00465     
00466     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
00467       return true;
00468   }
00469   
00470   return false;
00471 }
00472 
00473 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
00474                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
00475                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
00476                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
00477   Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
00478   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
00479   if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
00480     const char *TagName = 0;
00481     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
00482     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
00483       case TTK_Class:
00484         TagName = "class";
00485         FixItTagName = "class ";
00486         break;
00487 
00488       case TTK_Enum:
00489         TagName = "enum";
00490         FixItTagName = "enum ";
00491         break;
00492 
00493       case TTK_Struct:
00494         TagName = "struct";
00495         FixItTagName = "struct ";
00496         break;
00497 
00498       case TTK_Union:
00499         TagName = "union";
00500         FixItTagName = "union ";
00501         break;
00502     }
00503 
00504     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
00505       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
00506       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
00507 
00508     LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
00509     if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) {
00510       for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end();
00511            I != IEnd; ++I)
00512         SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
00513           << Name << TagName;
00514     }
00515     return true;
00516   }
00517 
00518   Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
00519   return false;
00520 }
00521 
00522 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
00523                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
00524                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
00525                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
00526                                             const Token &NextToken) {
00527   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
00528   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
00529   
00530   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
00531     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
00532                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
00533     
00534   }
00535       
00536   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
00537   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
00538   
00539   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 
00540   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
00541   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
00542   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
00543   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
00544     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
00545     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
00546       return E;
00547   }
00548   
00549   bool SecondTry = false;
00550   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
00551   
00552 Corrected:
00553   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
00554   case LookupResult::NotFound:
00555     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
00556     // call.
00557     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
00558       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
00559       // FIXME: Reference?
00560       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
00561         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
00562       
00563       // C90 6.3.2.2:
00564       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 
00565       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 
00566       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 
00567       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
00568       //   the function call, the declaration
00569       //
00570       //     extern int identifier (); 
00571       //
00572       //   appeared. 
00573       // 
00574       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
00575       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
00576         Result.addDecl(D);
00577         Result.resolveKind();
00578         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
00579       }
00580     }
00581     
00582     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 
00583     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 
00584     // "struct", or "union".
00585     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
00586         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
00587       break;
00588     }
00589 
00590     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
00591     // close to this name.
00592     if (!SecondTry) {
00593       SecondTry = true;
00594       CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
00595       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
00596                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S, 
00597                                                  &SS, DefaultValidator)) {
00598         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
00599         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
00600         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
00601         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
00602         
00603         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
00604         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
00605           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
00606         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
00607             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
00608           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
00609           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
00610         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 
00611                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 
00612                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
00613                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
00614            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
00615            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
00616          }
00617 
00618         if (SS.isEmpty())
00619           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
00620             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
00621             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
00622         else
00623           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
00624             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
00625             << SS.getRange()
00626             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
00627 
00628         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
00629         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
00630         
00631         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
00632         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
00633           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
00634 
00635         // Also update the LookupResult...
00636         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
00637         Result.clear();
00638         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
00639         if (FirstDecl) {
00640           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
00641           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
00642             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
00643         }
00644 
00645         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
00646         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
00647         // reference the ivar.
00648         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
00649         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
00650           Result.clear();
00651           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
00652           return move(E);
00653         }
00654         
00655         goto Corrected;
00656       }
00657     }
00658       
00659     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
00660     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00661     return NameClassification::Unknown();
00662       
00663   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
00664     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 
00665     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
00666     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
00667       
00668     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
00669     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 
00670     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 
00671     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 
00672     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
00673     //
00674     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
00675     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 
00676     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
00677     // keyword here.
00678     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
00679                                      NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
00680   }
00681 
00682   case LookupResult::Found:
00683   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
00684   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
00685     break;
00686       
00687   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
00688     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
00689         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
00690       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
00691       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
00692       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
00693       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
00694       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
00695       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
00696       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
00697       //   ambiguous.
00698       //
00699       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
00700       // so try again after filtering out template names.
00701       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
00702       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
00703         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
00704         break;
00705       }
00706     }
00707       
00708     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
00709     return NameClassification::Error();
00710   }
00711   
00712   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
00713       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
00714     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
00715     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
00716     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
00717     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 
00718     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
00719     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
00720     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
00721       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
00722     
00723     if (!Result.empty()) {
00724       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
00725       TemplateName Template;
00726       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
00727         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
00728         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 
00729                                                      Result.end());
00730       } else {
00731         TemplateDecl *TD
00732           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
00733         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
00734         
00735         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
00736           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 
00737                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
00738                                                       TD);
00739         else
00740           Template = TemplateName(TD);
00741       }
00742       
00743       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
00744         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
00745         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
00746         // to based on which function we selected.
00747         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00748         
00749         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
00750       }
00751       
00752       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
00753     }
00754   }
00755   
00756   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
00757   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
00758     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
00759     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
00760     return ParsedType::make(T);
00761   }
00762   
00763   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
00764   if (!Class) {
00765     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
00766     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 
00767                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
00768       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
00769   }
00770   
00771   if (Class) {
00772     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
00773     
00774     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
00775       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
00776       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
00777       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
00778       return NameClassification::Unknown();
00779     }
00780     
00781     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
00782     return ParsedType::make(T);
00783   }
00784 
00785   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
00786   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
00787   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 && FirstDecl && !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
00788       !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
00789     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
00790     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
00791          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
00792         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
00793       FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
00794       if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
00795         DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
00796         QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
00797         return ParsedType::make(T);
00798       }
00799     }
00800   }
00801   
00802   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
00803     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
00804 
00805   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
00806   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
00807 }
00808 
00809 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
00810 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
00811 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
00812 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
00813 
00814   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
00815   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
00816   // the context we'll need to return to.
00817   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
00818     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
00819 
00820     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
00821     // lexical context.
00822     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
00823       return DC;
00824 
00825     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
00826     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
00827     // class is the context we need to return to.
00828     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
00829       DC = RD;
00830 
00831     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
00832     // declared in.
00833     return DC;
00834   }
00835 
00836   return DC->getLexicalParent();
00837 }
00838 
00839 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
00840   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
00841       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
00842   CurContext = DC;
00843   S->setEntity(DC);
00844 }
00845 
00846 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
00847   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
00848 
00849   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
00850   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
00851 }
00852 
00853 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
00854 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
00855 ///
00856 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
00857   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
00858   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
00859   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
00860   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
00861   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
00862   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
00863   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
00864   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
00865   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
00866   //   namespace.
00867   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
00868   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
00869   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
00870   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
00871   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
00872 
00873   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
00874 
00875 #ifndef NDEBUG
00876   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
00877   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
00878   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
00879 #endif
00880 
00881   CurContext = DC;
00882   S->setEntity(DC);
00883 }
00884 
00885 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
00886   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
00887 
00888   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
00889   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
00890   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
00891   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
00892   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
00893 
00894   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
00895   // disappear.
00896 }
00897 
00898 
00899 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
00900   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
00901   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
00902     // We assume that the caller has already called
00903     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
00904     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
00905   }
00906   if (!FD)
00907     return;
00908 
00909   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
00910   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
00911   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
00912     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
00913   CurContext = FD;
00914   S->setEntity(CurContext);
00915 
00916   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
00917     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
00918     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
00919     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
00920       S->AddDecl(Param);
00921       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
00922     }
00923   }
00924 }
00925 
00926 
00927 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
00928   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
00929   // rather than the top-level class.
00930   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
00931   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
00932   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
00933 }
00934 
00935 
00936 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
00937 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
00938 ///
00939 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
00940 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
00941 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
00942 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
00943 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
00944 /// attribute.
00945 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
00946                                        ASTContext &Context) {
00947   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
00948     return true;
00949 
00950   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
00951     return true;
00952 
00953   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
00954           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
00955 }
00956 
00957 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
00958 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
00959   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
00960   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
00961   // scope.
00962   while (S->getEntity() &&
00963          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
00964     S = S->getParent();
00965 
00966   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
00967   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
00968   // into any context.
00969   if (AddToContext)
00970     CurContext->addDecl(D);
00971 
00972   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
00973   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
00974   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
00975       D->isOutOfLine() &&
00976       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
00977         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
00978     return;
00979 
00980   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
00981   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
00982       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
00983     return;
00984 
00985   // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 
00986   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
00987                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
00988   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
00989     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
00990       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
00991       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
00992 
00993       // Should only need to replace one decl.
00994       break;
00995     }
00996   }
00997 
00998   S->AddDecl(D);
00999   
01000   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
01001     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
01002     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
01003     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
01004     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
01005       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
01006       if (IDC == CurContext) {
01007         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
01008           continue;
01009       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
01010         break;
01011     }
01012     
01013     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
01014   } else {
01015     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
01016   }
01017 }
01018 
01019 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
01020   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
01021     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
01022 }
01023 
01024 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
01025                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
01026   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
01027                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
01028 }
01029 
01030 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
01031   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
01032   do {
01033     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
01034       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
01035         return S;
01036   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
01037 
01038   return 0;
01039 }
01040 
01041 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
01042                                             DeclContext*,
01043                                             ASTContext&);
01044 
01045 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
01046 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
01047 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
01048                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
01049                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
01050                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
01051   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
01052   while (F.hasNext()) {
01053     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
01054 
01055     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
01056       continue;
01057 
01058     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
01059         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
01060       continue;
01061     
01062     F.erase();
01063   }
01064 
01065   F.done();
01066 }
01067 
01068 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
01069   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
01070          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
01071          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
01072 }
01073 
01074 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
01075 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
01076   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
01077   while (F.hasNext())
01078     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
01079       F.erase();
01080 
01081   F.done();
01082 }
01083 
01084 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
01085 /// @code
01086 /// class S {
01087 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
01088 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
01089 /// };
01090 /// @endcode
01091 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
01092   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
01093   // the decl here.
01094   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
01095     return false;
01096 
01097   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
01098     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
01099   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
01100     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
01101   return false;
01102 }
01103 
01104 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
01105   assert(D);
01106 
01107   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
01108     return false;
01109 
01110   // Ignore class templates.
01111   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
01112       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
01113     return false;
01114 
01115   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
01116     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
01117       return false;
01118 
01119     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
01120       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
01121         return false;
01122     } else {
01123       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
01124       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
01125           FD->isInlineSpecified())
01126         return false;
01127     }
01128 
01129     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
01130         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
01131       return false;
01132   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
01133     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
01134         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
01135         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
01136       return false;
01137 
01138     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
01139         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
01140       return false;
01141 
01142   } else {
01143     return false;
01144   }
01145 
01146   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
01147   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
01148     return false;
01149 
01150   return true;
01151 }
01152 
01153 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
01154   if (!D)
01155     return;
01156 
01157   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
01158     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
01159     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
01160       return; // First should already be in the vector.
01161   }
01162 
01163   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
01164     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
01165     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
01166       return; // First should already be in the vector.
01167   }
01168 
01169    if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
01170      UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
01171  }
01172 
01173 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
01174   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
01175     return false;
01176 
01177   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
01178     return false;
01179 
01180   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
01181     return true;
01182   
01183   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
01184   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
01185       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
01186     return false;
01187 
01188   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
01189   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
01190 
01191     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
01192     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
01193 
01194     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
01195     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
01196       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
01197         return false;
01198     }
01199 
01200     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
01201     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 
01202     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
01203       return false;
01204 
01205     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
01206       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
01207       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
01208         return false;
01209 
01210       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
01211         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
01212           return false;
01213 
01214         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
01215           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
01216             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
01217           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
01218             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
01219             if (!CD->isTrivial())
01220               return false;
01221           }
01222         }
01223       }
01224     }
01225 
01226     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
01227   }
01228   
01229   return true;
01230 }
01231 
01232 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
01233                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
01234   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
01235     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
01236                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
01237     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
01238       return;
01239     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
01240                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
01241   }
01242   return;
01243 }
01244 
01245 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
01246 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
01247 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
01248   FixItHint Hint;
01249   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
01250     return;
01251   
01252   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
01253 
01254   unsigned DiagID;
01255   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
01256     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
01257   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
01258     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
01259   else
01260     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
01261 
01262   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
01263 }
01264 
01265 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
01266   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
01267   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
01268   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
01269   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
01270     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
01271 }
01272 
01273 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
01274   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
01275   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
01276          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
01277 
01278   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
01279        I != E; ++I) {
01280     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
01281     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
01282 
01283     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
01284     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
01285 
01286     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
01287 
01288     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
01289     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
01290       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
01291     
01292     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
01293     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
01294       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
01295     
01296     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
01297     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
01298   }
01299 }
01300 
01301 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
01302   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
01303 }
01304 
01305 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
01306   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
01307   --InFunctionDeclarator;
01308 }
01309 
01310 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
01311 ///
01312 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
01313 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
01314 /// to the fixed name.
01315 ///
01316 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
01317 ///
01318 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
01319 /// if there is no class with the given name.
01320 ///
01321 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
01322 /// class could not be found.
01323 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
01324                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
01325                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
01326   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
01327   // creation from this context.
01328   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
01329 
01330   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
01331     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
01332     // find an Objective-C class name.
01333     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
01334     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
01335                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
01336                                        Validator)) {
01337       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
01338       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
01339         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 
01340         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
01341       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
01342         << IDecl->getDeclName();
01343       
01344       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
01345     }
01346   }
01347   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
01348   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
01349   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
01350       Def = Def->getDefinition();
01351   return Def;
01352 }
01353 
01354 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
01355 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
01356 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
01357 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
01358 /// ill-formed in C++:
01359 /// @code
01360 /// struct S6 {
01361 ///   enum { BAR } e;
01362 /// };
01363 ///
01364 /// void test_S6() {
01365 ///   struct S6 a;
01366 ///   a.e = BAR;
01367 /// }
01368 /// @endcode
01369 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
01370 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
01371 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
01372 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
01373 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
01374 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
01375 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
01376 /// contain non-field names.
01377 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
01378   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
01379          (S->getEntity() &&
01380           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
01381          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
01382     S = S->getParent();
01383   return S;
01384 }
01385 
01386 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
01387 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
01388 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
01389 /// built-in.
01390 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
01391                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
01392                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
01393   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
01394 
01395   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
01396   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
01397   switch (Error) {
01398   case ASTContext::GE_None:
01399     // Okay
01400     break;
01401 
01402   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
01403     if (ForRedeclaration)
01404       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
01405         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
01406     return 0;
01407 
01408   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
01409     if (ForRedeclaration)
01410       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
01411         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
01412     return 0;
01413 
01414   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
01415     if (ForRedeclaration)
01416       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
01417         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
01418     return 0;
01419   }
01420 
01421   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
01422     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
01423       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
01424       << R;
01425     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
01426         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
01427           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
01428       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
01429         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
01430         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
01431   }
01432 
01433   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
01434                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
01435                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
01436                                            SC_Extern,
01437                                            SC_None, false,
01438                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
01439   New->setImplicit();
01440 
01441   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
01442   // FunctionDecl.
01443   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
01444     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
01445     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
01446       ParmVarDecl *parm =
01447         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
01448                             SourceLocation(), 0,
01449                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
01450                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
01451       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
01452       Params.push_back(parm);
01453     }
01454     New->setParams(Params);
01455   }
01456 
01457   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
01458 
01459   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
01460   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
01461   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
01462   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
01463   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
01464   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
01465   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
01466   CurContext = SavedContext;
01467   return New;
01468 }
01469 
01470 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
01471   QualType OldType;
01472   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
01473     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
01474   else
01475     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
01476   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
01477 
01478   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
01479     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
01480     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
01481     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
01482       << Kind << NewType;
01483     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
01484       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01485     New->setInvalidDecl();
01486     return true;    
01487   }
01488   
01489   if (OldType != NewType &&
01490       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
01491       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
01492       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 
01493     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
01494     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
01495       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
01496     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
01497       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01498     New->setInvalidDecl();
01499     return true;
01500   }
01501   return false;
01502 }
01503 
01504 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
01505 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
01506 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
01507 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
01508 ///
01509 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
01510   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
01511   // merging checks.
01512   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
01513 
01514   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
01515   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
01516   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
01517     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
01518     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
01519     default: break;
01520     case 2:
01521       {
01522         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
01523           break;
01524         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
01525         if (!T->isPointerType())
01526           break;
01527         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
01528           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
01529           if (!PT->isStructureType())
01530             break;
01531         }
01532         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
01533         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
01534         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
01535         return;
01536       }
01537     case 5:
01538       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
01539         break;
01540       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
01541       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
01542       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
01543       return;
01544     case 3:
01545       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
01546         break;
01547       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
01548       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
01549       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
01550       return;
01551     }
01552     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
01553   }
01554 
01555   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
01556   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
01557   if (!Old) {
01558     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
01559       << New->getDeclName();
01560 
01561     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
01562     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
01563       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01564 
01565     return New->setInvalidDecl();
01566   }
01567 
01568   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
01569   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
01570     return New->setInvalidDecl();
01571 
01572   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
01573   // with any extensions enabled.
01574   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
01575     return;
01576 
01577   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
01578   // declaration was a typedef.
01579   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
01580     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
01581 
01582   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
01583     return;
01584 
01585   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
01586     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
01587     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
01588     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
01589     //   to the type to which it already refers.
01590     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
01591       return;
01592 
01593     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
01594     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 
01595     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
01596     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
01597     //
01598     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
01599     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
01600     //
01601     //   struct S {
01602     //     typedef struct A { } A;
01603     //   };
01604     //
01605     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
01606     // allow the above but disallow
01607     //
01608     //   struct S {
01609     //     typedef int I;
01610     //     typedef int I;
01611     //   };
01612     //
01613     // since that was the intent of DR56.
01614     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
01615       return;
01616 
01617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
01618       << New->getDeclName();
01619     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01620     return New->setInvalidDecl();
01621   }
01622 
01623   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
01624   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
01625     return;
01626   
01627   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
01628   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
01629   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
01630   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
01631   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
01632       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
01633        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
01634     return;
01635 
01636   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
01637     << New->getDeclName();
01638   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01639   return;
01640 }
01641 
01642 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
01643 /// attribute.
01644 static bool
01645 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
01646   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
01647   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
01648   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
01649   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
01650   if (AA)
01651     return false;
01652 
01653   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
01654   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
01655   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
01656     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
01657       if (Ann) {
01658         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
01659           return true;
01660         continue;
01661       }
01662       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
01663       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
01664         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
01665       return true;
01666     }
01667 
01668   return false;
01669 }
01670 
01671 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
01672   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
01673   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
01674     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
01675                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
01676                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
01677                                     AA->getMessage());
01678   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
01679     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
01680   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
01681     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
01682   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
01683     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
01684   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
01685     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
01686                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
01687   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
01688     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
01689   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
01690     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
01691 
01692   if (NewAttr) {
01693     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
01694     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
01695     return true;
01696   }
01697 
01698   return false;
01699 }
01700 
01701 static const Decl *getDefinition(Decl *D) {
01702   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
01703     return TD->getDefinition();
01704   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
01705     return VD->getDefinition();
01706   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
01707     const FunctionDecl* Def;
01708     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
01709       return Def;
01710   }
01711   return NULL;
01712 }
01713 
01714 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
01715 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
01716                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
01717   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
01718   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
01719   if (Def && Def != New && New->hasAttrs()) {
01720     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
01721     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01722     New->dropAttrs();
01723   }
01724 
01725   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
01726     return;
01727 
01728   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
01729 
01730   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
01731   // we process them.
01732   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
01733 
01734   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
01735          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
01736          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 
01737        i != e; ++i) {
01738     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
01739     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
01740         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 
01741          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
01742          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
01743       continue;
01744 
01745     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
01746       foundAny = true;
01747   }
01748 
01749   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
01750 }
01751 
01752 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
01753 /// to the new one.
01754 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
01755                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
01756                                      ASTContext &C) {
01757   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
01758     return;
01759 
01760   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
01761 
01762   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
01763   // done before we process them.
01764   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
01765 
01766   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
01767        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
01768        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
01769     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
01770       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
01771       newAttr->setInherited(true);
01772       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
01773       foundAny = true;
01774     }
01775   }
01776 
01777   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
01778 }
01779 
01780 namespace {
01781 
01782 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
01783 /// C.
01784 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
01785   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
01786   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
01787   QualType PromotedType;
01788 };
01789 
01790 }
01791 
01792 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
01793 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
01794   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
01795     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
01796       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
01797 
01798     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
01799       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
01800 
01801     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
01802       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
01803   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
01804     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
01805   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
01806     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
01807   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
01808     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
01809   }
01810 
01811   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
01812 }
01813 
01814 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
01815 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
01816 /// GNU89 mode.
01817 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
01818                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
01819   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
01820           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
01821           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
01822           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
01823 }
01824 
01825 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
01826 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
01827 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
01828 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
01829 ///
01830 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
01831 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
01832 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
01833 /// merged with.
01834 ///
01835 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
01836 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
01837   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
01838   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
01839   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
01840         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
01841     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
01842   else
01843     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
01844   if (!Old) {
01845     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
01846       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
01847       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
01848            diag::note_using_decl_target);
01849       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
01850            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
01851       return true;
01852     }
01853 
01854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
01855       << New->getDeclName();
01856     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
01857     return true;
01858   }
01859 
01860   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
01861   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
01862   diag::kind PrevDiag;
01863   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
01864     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
01865   else if (Old->isImplicit())
01866     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
01867   else
01868     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
01869 
01870   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
01871   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
01872 
01873   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
01874   // is an extern inline function.
01875   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
01876       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
01877       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
01878       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
01879     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
01880       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
01881       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
01882     } else {
01883       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
01884       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
01885       return true;
01886     }
01887   }
01888 
01889   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
01890   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
01891   // calling convention of the first.
01892   //
01893   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
01894   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
01895   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
01896   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
01897   // because it is the default calling convention.
01898   //
01899   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
01900   // other tests to run.
01901   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
01902   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
01903   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
01904   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
01905   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
01906   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
01907       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
01908     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
01909     RequiresAdjustment = true;
01910   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
01911                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
01912     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
01913     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
01914       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
01915       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
01916       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
01917           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
01918     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
01919     return true;
01920   }
01921 
01922   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
01923   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
01924     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
01925     RequiresAdjustment = true;
01926   }
01927 
01928   // Merge regparm attribute.
01929   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
01930       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
01931     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
01932       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
01933         << NewType->getRegParmType()
01934         << OldType->getRegParmType();
01935       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);      
01936       return true;
01937     }
01938 
01939     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
01940     RequiresAdjustment = true;
01941   }
01942 
01943   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
01944   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
01945     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
01946       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
01947       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);      
01948       return true;
01949     }
01950     
01951     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
01952     RequiresAdjustment = true;
01953   }
01954   
01955   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
01956     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
01957     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
01958     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
01959   }
01960   
01961   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
01962     // (C++98 13.1p2):
01963     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
01964     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
01965     //        cannot be overloaded.
01966     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
01967     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
01968     QualType ResQT;
01969     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
01970       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
01971           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
01972         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
01973       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
01974         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
01975           Diag(New->getLocation(),
01976                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
01977         else
01978           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
01979         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
01980         return true;
01981       }
01982       else
01983         NewQType = ResQT;
01984     }
01985 
01986     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
01987     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
01988     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
01989       // Preserve triviality.
01990       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
01991 
01992       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
01993       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
01994       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
01995       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
01996                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
01997                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
01998       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
01999 
02000       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
02001           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
02002         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
02003         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
02004         //       is a static member function declaration.
02005         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
02006           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
02007           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
02008           return true;
02009         }
02010       
02011         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
02012         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
02013         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
02014         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
02015         unsigned NewDiag;
02016         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
02017           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
02018         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
02019           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
02020         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
02021           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
02022         else
02023           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
02024 
02025         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
02026         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
02027 
02028       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
02029       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
02030       //
02031       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
02032       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
02033       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
02034         if (isFriend) {
02035           NewMethod->setImplicit();
02036         } else {
02037           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
02038                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 
02039             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
02040           return true;
02041         }
02042       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
02043         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
02044              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
02045           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
02046         return true;
02047       }
02048     }
02049 
02050     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
02051     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
02052     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
02053     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
02054 
02055     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
02056     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
02057     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
02058       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
02059       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
02060         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
02061       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
02062       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
02063     }
02064 
02065     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
02066       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
02067 
02068     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
02069   }
02070 
02071   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
02072   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
02073   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
02074       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
02075     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
02076     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
02077     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
02078     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
02079         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
02080       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
02081       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
02082       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
02083       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
02084                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
02085       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
02086                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
02087                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
02088       New->setType(NewQType);
02089       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
02090 
02091       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
02092       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
02093       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
02094              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
02095              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
02096            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
02097         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
02098                                                  SourceLocation(),
02099                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
02100                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
02101                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
02102                                                  0);
02103         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
02104         Param->setImplicit();
02105         Params.push_back(Param);
02106       }
02107 
02108       New->setParams(Params);
02109     }
02110 
02111     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
02112   }
02113 
02114   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
02115   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
02116   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
02117   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
02118   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
02119   // the prototype.
02120   //
02121   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
02122   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
02123   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
02124   // C99 6.9.1p8.
02125   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
02126       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
02127       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
02128       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
02129     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
02130     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
02131     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
02132       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
02133     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
02134       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
02135 
02136     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
02137     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
02138                                                NewProto->getResultType());
02139     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
02140     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
02141          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
02142       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
02143       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
02144       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
02145                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
02146         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
02147       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
02148                                             NewParm->getType(),
02149                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
02150         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
02151           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
02152         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
02153         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
02154       } else
02155         LooseCompatible = false;
02156     }
02157 
02158     if (LooseCompatible) {
02159       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
02160         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
02161              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
02162           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
02163           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
02164         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
02165           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
02166                diag::note_previous_declaration);
02167       }
02168 
02169       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
02170                                            ArgTypes.size(),
02171                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
02172       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
02173     }
02174 
02175     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
02176   }
02177 
02178   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
02179   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
02180   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
02181     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
02182     // signature.
02183     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
02184       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
02185       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
02186       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
02187       // library built-in.
02188       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
02189       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
02190         << Old << Old->getType();
02191       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
02192       Old->setInvalidDecl();
02193       return false;
02194     }
02195 
02196     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
02197   }
02198 
02199   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
02200   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
02201   return true;
02202 }
02203 
02204 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
02205 /// known to be compatible.
02206 ///
02207 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
02208 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
02209 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
02210 /// redeclaration of Old.
02211 ///
02212 /// \returns false
02213 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
02214                                         Scope *S) {
02215   // Merge the attributes
02216   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
02217 
02218   // Merge the storage class.
02219   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
02220       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
02221     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
02222 
02223   // Merge "pure" flag.
02224   if (Old->isPure())
02225     New->setPure();
02226 
02227   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
02228   // declarations.
02229   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
02230     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
02231       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
02232                                Context);
02233 
02234   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
02235     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
02236 
02237   return false;
02238 }
02239 
02240 
02241 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
02242                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
02243   // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes
02244   // except from interface to implementation.
02245   bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext());
02246 
02247   // Merge the attributes.
02248   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation);
02249 
02250   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
02251   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
02252                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
02253   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
02254          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
02255        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
02256     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
02257 
02258   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
02259 }
02260 
02261 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
02262 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
02263 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
02264 ///
02265 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
02266 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
02267 /// is attached.
02268 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
02269   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
02270     return;
02271 
02272   QualType MergedT;
02273   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
02274     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
02275     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
02276       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
02277       return;
02278     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
02279       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
02280       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
02281     }
02282     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
02283     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
02284     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
02285     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
02286     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
02287     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
02288              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
02289       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
02290         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
02291       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
02292         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
02293       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
02294         MergedT = New->getType();
02295     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
02296              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
02297       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
02298         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
02299       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
02300         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
02301       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
02302         MergedT = Old->getType();
02303     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
02304                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
02305         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
02306                                                         Old->getType());
02307     }
02308   } else {
02309     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
02310   }
02311   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
02312     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
02313       << New->getDeclName();
02314     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02315     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02316   }
02317   New->setType(MergedT);
02318 }
02319 
02320 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
02321 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
02322 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
02323 ///
02324 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
02325 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
02326 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
02327 ///
02328 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
02329   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
02330   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
02331     return;
02332 
02333   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
02334   VarDecl *Old = 0;
02335   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
02336       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
02337     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
02338       << New->getDeclName();
02339     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
02340          diag::note_previous_definition);
02341     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02342   }
02343 
02344   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
02345   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
02346   // 
02347   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
02348   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
02349     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 
02350       << New->getIdentifier();
02351     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
02352     New->setInvalidDecl();
02353   }
02354   
02355   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
02356   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 
02357   // declaration
02358   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
02359       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
02360       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
02361     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
02362     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02363     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
02364     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
02365   }
02366 
02367   // Merge the types.
02368   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
02369   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
02370     return;
02371 
02372   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
02373   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
02374       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
02375     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
02376     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02377     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02378   }
02379   // C99 6.2.2p4:
02380   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
02381   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
02382   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
02383   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
02384   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
02385   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
02386   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
02387   //   identifier has external linkage.
02388   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
02389     /* Okay */;
02390   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
02391            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
02392     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
02393     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02394     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02395   }
02396 
02397   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
02398   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
02399       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
02400     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
02401     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02402     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02403   }
02404   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
02405       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
02406     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
02407     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02408     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02409   }
02410 
02411   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
02412 
02413   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
02414   // need to check for mismatches.
02415   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
02416       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
02417       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
02418         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
02419     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
02420     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02421     return New->setInvalidDecl();
02422   }
02423 
02424   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
02425     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
02426     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02427   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
02428     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
02429     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02430   }
02431 
02432   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
02433   const VarDecl *Def;
02434   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
02435       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
02436       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
02437     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
02438       << New->getDeclName();
02439     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
02440     New->setInvalidDecl();
02441     return;
02442   }
02443   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
02444   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
02445   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 
02446   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 
02447   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 
02448   // specified at the prior declaration.
02449   // FIXME. revisit this code.
02450   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
02451       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
02452       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
02453     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
02454 
02455   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
02456   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
02457 
02458   // Inherit access appropriately.
02459   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
02460 }
02461 
02462 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
02463 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
02464 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
02465                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
02466   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
02467                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
02468 }
02469 
02470 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
02471 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
02472 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
02473 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
02474                                        DeclSpec &DS,
02475                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
02476   Decl *TagD = 0;
02477   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
02478   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
02479       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
02480       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
02481       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
02482     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
02483 
02484     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
02485       return 0;
02486 
02487     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
02488     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
02489     // it's a Type.
02490     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
02491       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
02492     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
02493       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
02494   }
02495 
02496   if (Tag) {
02497     Tag->setFreeStanding();
02498     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
02499       return Tag;
02500   }
02501 
02502   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
02503     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
02504     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
02505     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
02506       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
02507            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
02508            << DS.getSourceRange();
02509   }
02510 
02511   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
02512     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
02513     // and definitions of functions and variables.
02514     if (Tag)
02515       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
02516         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
02517             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
02518             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
02519     else
02520       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
02521     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
02522     return TagD;
02523   }
02524 
02525   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
02526     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
02527     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
02528     if (TagD && !Tag)
02529       return 0;
02530     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
02531   }
02532 
02533   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
02534   // declarators.
02535   bool emittedWarning = false;
02536          
02537   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
02538     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
02539         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
02540       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
02541           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
02542         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
02543 
02544       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
02545         << DS.getSourceRange();
02546       emittedWarning = true;
02547     }
02548   }
02549 
02550   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
02551   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
02552       CurContext->isRecord() &&
02553       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
02554     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
02555     //   struct STRUCT;
02556     // and
02557     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
02558     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
02559     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
02560         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
02561          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
02562       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
02563         << DS.getSourceRange();
02564       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
02565     }
02566   }
02567   
02568   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 
02569       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
02570     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
02571       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
02572           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
02573         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
02574           << DS.getSourceRange();
02575         emittedWarning = true;
02576       }
02577 
02578   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
02579   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
02580       
02581   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
02582     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
02583     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
02584     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
02585         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
02586       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
02587         << DS.getSourceRange();
02588       return Tag;
02589     }
02590 
02591     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
02592       << DS.getSourceRange();
02593     emittedWarning = true;
02594   }
02595 
02596   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
02597   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
02598   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
02599   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
02600     return TagD;
02601 
02602   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
02603   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
02604   // useless.
02605   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
02606     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
02607       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
02608         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
02609 
02610   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
02611     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
02612   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
02613     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
02614       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
02615     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
02616       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
02617     // Restrict is covered above.
02618   }
02619   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
02620     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
02621   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
02622     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
02623   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
02624     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
02625 
02626   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 
02627       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
02628     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
02629       << Tag->getTagKind()
02630       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
02631 
02632   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
02633   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
02634   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
02635   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
02636     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
02637     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
02638         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
02639         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
02640         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
02641       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
02642       while (attrs) {
02643         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
02644              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
02645         << attrs->getName()
02646         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
02647             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
02648             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
02649         attrs = attrs->getNext();
02650       }
02651     }
02652   }
02653 
02654   return TagD;
02655 }
02656 
02657 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
02658 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
02659 ///
02660 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
02661 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
02662                                          Scope *S,
02663                                          DeclContext *Owner,
02664                                          DeclarationName Name,
02665                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
02666                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
02667   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
02668                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
02669   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
02670 
02671   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
02672     return false;
02673 
02674   // Pick a representative declaration.
02675   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
02676   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
02677 
02678   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
02679     return false;
02680 
02681   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
02682   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
02683 
02684   return true;
02685 }
02686 
02687 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
02688 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
02689 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
02690 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
02691 /// struct, e.g.,
02692 ///
02693 /// @code
02694 /// union {
02695 ///   int i;
02696 ///   float f;
02697 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
02698 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
02699 /// @endcode
02700 ///
02701 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
02702 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
02703 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
02704                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
02705                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
02706                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
02707                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
02708                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
02709   unsigned diagKind
02710     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
02711                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
02712 
02713   bool Invalid = false;
02714 
02715   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
02716   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
02717                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
02718        D != DEnd; ++D) {
02719     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
02720         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
02721       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
02722       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
02723                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
02724         // C++ [class.union]p2:
02725         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
02726         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
02727         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
02728         Invalid = true;
02729       } else {
02730         // C++ [class.union]p2:
02731         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
02732         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
02733         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
02734         //   anonymous union is declared.
02735         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
02736         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
02737           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
02738                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
02739             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
02740         else
02741           Chaining.push_back(VD);
02742 
02743         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
02744         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
02745           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
02746         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
02747           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
02748 
02749         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
02750           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
02751                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
02752                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
02753 
02754         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
02755         IndirectField->setImplicit();
02756         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
02757 
02758         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
02759         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
02760 
02761         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
02762       }
02763     }
02764   }
02765 
02766   return Invalid;
02767 }
02768 
02769 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
02770 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
02771 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
02772 static StorageClass
02773 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
02774   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
02775   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
02776   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
02777   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
02778   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
02779   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
02780   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
02781     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
02782   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
02783   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
02784   }
02785   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
02786 }
02787 
02788 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
02789 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
02790 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
02791 static StorageClass
02792 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
02793   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
02794   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
02795   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
02796   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
02797   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
02798     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
02799   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
02800   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
02801   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
02802   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
02803   }
02804   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
02805 }
02806 
02807 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
02808 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
02809 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
02810 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
02811 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
02812                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
02813                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
02814   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
02815 
02816   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
02817   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
02818     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
02819   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
02820     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
02821   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
02822     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
02823 
02824   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
02825   // structs/unions.
02826   bool Invalid = false;
02827   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
02828     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
02829     unsigned DiagID;
02830     if (Record->isUnion()) {
02831       // C++ [class.union]p6:
02832       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
02833       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
02834       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
02835           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
02836            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
02837             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
02838         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
02839           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
02840   
02841         // Recover by adding 'static'.
02842         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
02843                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
02844       }
02845       // C++ [class.union]p6:
02846       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
02847       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
02848       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
02849                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
02850         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
02851              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
02852           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
02853   
02854         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
02855         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 
02856                                SourceLocation(),
02857                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
02858       }
02859     }
02860 
02861     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
02862     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
02863       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
02864         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
02865           << Record->isUnion() << 0 
02866           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
02867       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
02868         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 
02869              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
02870           << Record->isUnion() << 1
02871           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
02872       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
02873         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 
02874              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
02875           << Record->isUnion() << 2 
02876           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
02877 
02878       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
02879     }
02880 
02881     // C++ [class.union]p2:
02882     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
02883     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
02884     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
02885     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
02886                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
02887          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
02888       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
02889         // C++ [class.union]p3:
02890         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
02891         //   members (clause 11).
02892         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
02893         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
02894           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
02895             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
02896           Invalid = true;
02897         }
02898 
02899         // C++ [class.union]p1
02900         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
02901         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
02902         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
02903         //   array of such objects.
02904         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
02905           Invalid = true;
02906       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
02907         // Any implicit members are fine.
02908       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
02909         // This is a type that showed up in an
02910         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
02911         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
02912         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
02913       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
02914         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
02915             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
02916           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
02917           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
02918             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
02919               << (int)Record->isUnion();
02920           else {
02921             // This is a nested type declaration.
02922             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
02923               << (int)Record->isUnion();
02924             Invalid = true;
02925           }
02926         }
02927       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
02928         // Any access specifier is fine.
02929       } else {
02930         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
02931         // member. Complain about it.
02932         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
02933         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
02934           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
02935         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
02936           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
02937         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
02938           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
02939         
02940         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
02941         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
02942             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
02943           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
02944             << (int)Record->isUnion();
02945         else {
02946           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
02947               << (int)Record->isUnion();
02948           Invalid = true;
02949         }
02950       }
02951     }
02952   }
02953 
02954   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
02955     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
02956       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
02957     Invalid = true;
02958   }
02959 
02960   // Mock up a declarator.
02961   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
02962   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
02963   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
02964 
02965   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
02966   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
02967   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
02968     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
02969                              DS.getLocStart(),
02970                              Record->getLocation(),
02971                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
02972                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
02973                              TInfo,
02974                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
02975                              /*HasInit=*/false);
02976     Anon->setAccess(AS);
02977     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
02978       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
02979   } else {
02980     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
02981     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
02982            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
02983     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
02984     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
02985       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
02986       // an error here
02987       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
02988       Invalid = true;
02989       SC = SC_None;
02990     }
02991     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
02992     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
02993       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
02994 
02995     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
02996                            DS.getLocStart(),
02997                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
02998                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
02999                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
03000 
03001     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
03002     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
03003     // initializer:
03004     //   union { int n = 0; };
03005     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
03006   }
03007   Anon->setImplicit();
03008 
03009   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
03010   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
03011   // its members.
03012   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
03013   
03014   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
03015   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
03016   // purposes.
03017   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
03018   Chain.push_back(Anon);
03019 
03020   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
03021                                           Chain, false))
03022     Invalid = true;
03023 
03024   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
03025   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
03026   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
03027   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
03028   // builds its lookup table, and once by
03029   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
03030   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
03031 
03032   if (Invalid)
03033     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
03034 
03035   return Anon;
03036 }
03037 
03038 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
03039 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
03040 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
03041 /// Example:
03042 ///
03043 /// struct A { int a; };
03044 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
03045 ///
03046 /// void foo() {
03047 ///   B var;
03048 ///   var.a = 3; 
03049 /// }
03050 ///
03051 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
03052                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
03053   
03054   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
03055   if (!Record)
03056     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
03057 
03058   // Mock up a declarator.
03059   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
03060   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
03061   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
03062 
03063   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
03064   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
03065                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
03066                              DS.getLocStart(),
03067                              DS.getLocStart(),
03068                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
03069                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
03070                              TInfo,
03071                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
03072                              /*HasInit=*/false);
03073   Anon->setImplicit();
03074 
03075   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
03076   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
03077 
03078   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
03079   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
03080   // purposes.
03081   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
03082   Chain.push_back(Anon);
03083 
03084   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
03085   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
03086                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
03087                                                         Chain, true))
03088     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
03089 
03090   return Anon;
03091 }
03092 
03093 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
03094 /// given Declarator.
03095 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
03096   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
03097 }
03098 
03099 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
03100 DeclarationNameInfo
03101 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
03102   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
03103   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03104 
03105   switch (Name.getKind()) {
03106 
03107   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
03108   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
03109     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
03110     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03111     return NameInfo;
03112 
03113   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
03114     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
03115                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
03116     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03117     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
03118       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
03119     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
03120       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
03121     return NameInfo;
03122 
03123   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
03124     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
03125                                                            Name.Identifier));
03126     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03127     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
03128     return NameInfo;
03129 
03130   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
03131     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
03132     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
03133     if (Ty.isNull())
03134       return DeclarationNameInfo();
03135     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
03136                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
03137     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03138     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
03139     return NameInfo;
03140   }
03141 
03142   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
03143     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
03144     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
03145     if (Ty.isNull())
03146       return DeclarationNameInfo();
03147     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
03148                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
03149     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03150     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
03151     return NameInfo;
03152   }
03153 
03154   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
03155     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
03156     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
03157     // to find the actual type being constructed.
03158     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
03159     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
03160       return DeclarationNameInfo();
03161 
03162     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
03163     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
03164 
03165     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
03166     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
03167     // was qualified.
03168 
03169     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
03170                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
03171     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03172     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
03173     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
03174     return NameInfo;
03175   }
03176 
03177   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
03178     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
03179     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
03180     if (Ty.isNull())
03181       return DeclarationNameInfo();
03182     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
03183                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
03184     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
03185     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
03186     return NameInfo;
03187   }
03188 
03189   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
03190     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
03191     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
03192     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
03193   }
03194 
03195   } // switch (Name.getKind())
03196 
03197   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
03198 }
03199 
03200 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
03201   do {
03202     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
03203       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
03204     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
03205       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
03206     else
03207       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
03208   } while (true);
03209 }
03210 
03211 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
03212 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
03213 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
03214 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
03215 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
03216 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
03217 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
03218 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
03219                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
03220                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
03221                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
03222   Params.clear();
03223   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
03224     return false;
03225   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
03226     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
03227     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
03228 
03229     // The parameter types are identical
03230     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
03231       continue;
03232 
03233     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
03234     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
03235     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
03236     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
03237 
03238     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
03239         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
03240       Params.push_back(Idx);
03241     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
03242       return false;
03243   }
03244 
03245   return true;
03246 }
03247 
03248 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
03249 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
03250 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
03251 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
03252 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
03253 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
03254                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
03255   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
03256   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
03257   //   - types which will become injected class names
03258   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
03259   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
03260   // few cases here.
03261 
03262   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
03263   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
03264   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
03265   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
03266   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
03267   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
03268   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
03269     // Grab the type from the parser.
03270     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
03271     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
03272     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
03273 
03274     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
03275     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
03276     // attached already.
03277     if (!TSI)
03278       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
03279 
03280     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
03281     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
03282     if (!TSI) return true;
03283 
03284     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
03285     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
03286     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
03287     break;
03288   }
03289 
03290   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
03291     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
03292     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
03293     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
03294     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
03295     break;
03296   }
03297 
03298   default:
03299     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
03300     break;
03301   }
03302 
03303   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
03304   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
03305     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
03306 
03307     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
03308     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
03309     // pointer.
03310     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
03311       continue;
03312 
03313     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
03314     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
03315     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
03316       return true;
03317   }
03318 
03319   return false;
03320 }
03321 
03322 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
03323   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
03324   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
03325 
03326   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
03327       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
03328     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
03329 
03330   return Dcl;
03331 }
03332 
03333 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
03334 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 
03335 ///   name different from T:
03336 ///     - every static data member of class T;
03337 ///     - every member function of class T
03338 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
03339 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
03340 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
03341                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
03342   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
03343 
03344   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 
03345     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
03346       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
03347       return true;
03348     }
03349 
03350   return false;
03351 }
03352 
03353 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 
03354 /// nested-name-specifier.
03355 ///
03356 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
03357 ///
03358 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 
03359 /// resolves.
03360 ///
03361 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
03362 ///
03363 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
03364 ///
03365 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
03366 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
03367                                         DeclarationName Name,
03368                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
03369   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
03370   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
03371     Cur = Cur->getParent();
03372   
03373   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
03374   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
03375   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
03376   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 
03377   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
03378   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
03379   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 
03380   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
03381     
03382   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
03383   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
03384   //
03385   // class X {
03386   //   void X::f();
03387   // };
03388   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
03389     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
03390       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
03391     SS.clear();
03392     return false;
03393   } 
03394 
03395   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
03396   // declaration.
03397   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
03398     if (Cur->isRecord())
03399       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
03400         << Name << SS.getRange();
03401     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
03402       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
03403         << Name << SS.getRange();
03404     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
03405       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 
03406         << Name << SS.getRange();
03407     else
03408       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
03409       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
03410     
03411     return true;
03412   }
03413 
03414   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
03415     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
03416     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
03417       << Name << SS.getRange();
03418     SS.clear();
03419     
03420     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
03421     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
03422     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
03423     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
03424          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
03425         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
03426                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
03427       return true;
03428     
03429     return false;
03430   }
03431   
03432   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
03433   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
03434   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
03435   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
03436   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
03437     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
03438   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
03439         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
03440     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
03441       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
03442 
03443   return false;
03444 }
03445 
03446 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
03447                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
03448   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
03449   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
03450   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
03451 
03452   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
03453   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
03454   if (!Name) {
03455     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
03456       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
03457            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
03458         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
03459     return 0;
03460   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
03461     return 0;
03462 
03463   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
03464   // we find one that is.
03465   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
03466          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
03467     S = S->getParent();
03468 
03469   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
03470   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
03471     D.setInvalidType();
03472   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
03473     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 
03474                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
03475       return 0;
03476 
03477     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
03478     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
03479     if (!DC) {
03480       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
03481       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
03482       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
03483       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
03484       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
03485            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
03486         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
03487         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
03488       return 0;
03489     }
03490     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
03491 
03492     if (!IsDependentContext && 
03493         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
03494       return 0;
03495 
03496     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
03497       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
03498            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
03499         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
03500       D.setInvalidType();
03501     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
03502       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
03503                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
03504         if (DC->isRecord())
03505           return 0;
03506         
03507         D.setInvalidType();
03508       }
03509     }
03510 
03511     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
03512     // declaration in the current instantiation.
03513     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
03514         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
03515       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
03516       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
03517         D.setInvalidType();
03518     }
03519   }
03520 
03521   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
03522     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
03523     // Just return early; it's safer.
03524     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
03525       return 0;
03526   
03527   NamedDecl *New;
03528 
03529   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
03530   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
03531 
03532   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
03533                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
03534     D.setInvalidType();
03535 
03536   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
03537                         ForRedeclaration);
03538 
03539   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
03540   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
03541     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
03542 
03543     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
03544     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
03545     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
03546     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
03547       /* Do nothing*/;
03548     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
03549       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
03550           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
03551         IsLinkageLookup = true;
03552     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
03553       IsLinkageLookup = true;
03554     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
03555              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
03556       IsLinkageLookup = true;
03557 
03558     if (IsLinkageLookup)
03559       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
03560 
03561     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
03562   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
03563     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
03564 
03565     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
03566     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 
03567     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 
03568     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
03569     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
03570     //  thereof; [...] 
03571     //
03572     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
03573     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
03574     // we want to match. For example, given:
03575     //
03576     //   class X {
03577     //     void f();
03578     //     void f(float);
03579     //   };
03580     //
03581     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
03582     //
03583     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
03584     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
03585     // matches.
03586     
03587     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
03588     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 
03589     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 
03590     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
03591     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
03592   }
03593 
03594   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
03595       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
03596     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
03597     if (!D.isInvalidType())
03598       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
03599                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
03600 
03601     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
03602     Previous.clear();
03603   }
03604 
03605   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
03606   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
03607   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
03608   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
03609   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
03610       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
03611     Previous.clear();
03612 
03613   bool AddToScope = true;
03614   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
03615     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
03616       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
03617       return 0;
03618     }
03619 
03620     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
03621   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
03622     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
03623                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
03624                                   AddToScope);
03625   } else {
03626     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
03627                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
03628   }
03629 
03630   if (New == 0)
03631     return 0;
03632 
03633   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 
03634   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
03635   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
03636        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
03637     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
03638 
03639   return New;
03640 }
03641 
03642 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
03643 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
03644 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
03645 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
03646                                                     ASTContext &Context,
03647                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
03648                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
03649   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
03650   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
03651   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
03652   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
03653   SizeIsNegative = false;
03654   Oversized = 0;
03655   
03656   if (T->isDependentType())
03657     return QualType();
03658   
03659   QualifierCollector Qs;
03660   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
03661 
03662   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
03663     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
03664     QualType FixedType =
03665         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
03666                                             Oversized);
03667     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
03668     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
03669     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
03670   }
03671   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
03672     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
03673     QualType FixedType =
03674         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
03675                                             Oversized);
03676     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
03677     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
03678     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
03679   }
03680 
03681   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
03682   if (!VLATy)
03683     return QualType();
03684   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
03685   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
03686     return QualType();
03687 
03688   llvm::APSInt Res;
03689   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
03690       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
03691     return QualType();
03692 
03693   // Check whether the array size is negative.
03694   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
03695     SizeIsNegative = true;
03696     return QualType();
03697   }
03698 
03699   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
03700   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
03701     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
03702                                               Res);
03703   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
03704     Oversized = Res;
03705     return QualType();
03706   }
03707   
03708   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
03709                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
03710 }
03711 
03712 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
03713 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
03714 void
03715 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
03716                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
03717                                        Scope *S) {
03718   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
03719          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
03720   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
03721   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
03722 
03723   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
03724     return;
03725 
03726   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
03727 
03728   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
03729   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
03730   // declaration.
03731   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
03732     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
03733     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
03734 
03735     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
03736       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
03737       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
03738       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
03739       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
03740 
03741     } else {
03742       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
03743       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
03744         S = S->getParent();
03745     }
03746 
03747     if (S)
03748       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
03749   }
03750 }
03751 
03752 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
03753 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
03754   if (ExternalSource) {
03755     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
03756     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
03757     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
03758     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
03759       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
03760         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
03761       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
03762         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
03763     }
03764   }
03765   
03766   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
03767 }
03768 
03769 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
03770 /// does not identify a function.
03771 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
03772   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
03773   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
03774   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
03775     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
03776          diag::err_inline_non_function);
03777 
03778   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
03779     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
03780          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
03781 
03782   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
03783     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
03784          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
03785 }
03786 
03787 NamedDecl*
03788 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
03789                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
03790   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
03791   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
03792     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
03793       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
03794     D.setInvalidType();
03795     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
03796     DC = CurContext;
03797     Previous.clear();
03798   }
03799 
03800   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
03801     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
03802     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
03803   }
03804 
03805   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
03806 
03807   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
03808     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
03809   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
03810     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
03811       << 1;
03812 
03813   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
03814     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
03815       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
03816     return 0;
03817   }
03818 
03819   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
03820   if (!NewTD) return 0;
03821 
03822   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
03823   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
03824 
03825   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
03826 
03827   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
03828   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
03829   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
03830   return ND;
03831 }
03832 
03833 void
03834 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
03835   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
03836   // then it shall have block scope.
03837   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
03838   // that redeclarations will match.
03839   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
03840   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
03841     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
03842 
03843     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
03844       bool SizeIsNegative;
03845       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
03846       QualType FixedTy =
03847           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
03848                                               Oversized);
03849       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
03850         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
03851         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
03852       } else {
03853         if (SizeIsNegative)
03854           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
03855         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
03856           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
03857         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
03858           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 
03859             << Oversized.toString(10);
03860         else
03861           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
03862         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
03863       }
03864     }
03865   }
03866 }
03867 
03868 
03869 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
03870 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
03871 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
03872 NamedDecl*
03873 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
03874                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
03875   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
03876   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
03877   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
03878                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
03879   if (!Previous.empty()) {
03880     Redeclaration = true;
03881     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
03882   }
03883 
03884   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
03885   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
03886     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
03887         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
03888       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
03889         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
03890       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
03891         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
03892       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
03893         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
03894       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
03895         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
03896       else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
03897         Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
03898     }
03899 
03900   return NewTD;
03901 }
03902 
03903 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
03904 /// previous declaration.
03905 ///
03906 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
03907 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
03908 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
03909 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
03910 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
03911 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
03912 ///
03913 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
03914 /// lookup
03915 ///
03916 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
03917 /// declared.
03918 ///
03919 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
03920 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
03921 static bool
03922 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
03923                                 ASTContext &Context) {
03924   if (!PrevDecl)
03925     return false;
03926 
03927   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
03928     return false;
03929 
03930   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
03931     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
03932     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
03933     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
03934     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
03935     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
03936     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
03937     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
03938     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
03939       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
03940       return false;
03941     
03942     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
03943     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
03944       // We found a member function: ignore it.
03945       return false;
03946     
03947     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
03948     // previous declarations.
03949     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
03950     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
03951 
03952     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
03953     // isn't the same function.
03954     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
03955       return false;
03956   }
03957 
03958   return true;
03959 }
03960 
03961 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
03962   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
03963   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
03964   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
03965 }
03966 
03967 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
03968   QualType type = decl->getType();
03969   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
03970   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
03971     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
03972     unsigned kind = -1U;
03973     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
03974       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
03975         kind = 0; // __block
03976       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
03977         kind = 1; // global
03978     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
03979       kind = 3; // ivar
03980     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
03981       kind = 2; // field
03982     }
03983 
03984     if (kind != -1U) {
03985       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
03986         << kind;
03987     }
03988   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
03989     // Try to infer lifetime.
03990     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
03991       return false;
03992 
03993     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
03994     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
03995     decl->setType(type);
03996   }
03997   
03998   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
03999     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
04000     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
04001         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
04002       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
04003         << var->getType();
04004       return true;
04005     }
04006   }
04007   
04008   return false;
04009 }
04010 
04011 NamedDecl*
04012 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
04013                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
04014                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
04015   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
04016   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
04017 
04018   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
04019   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
04020     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
04021 
04022   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
04023   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
04024          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
04025   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
04026   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
04027     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
04028     // an error here
04029     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
04030     D.setInvalidType();
04031     SC = SC_None;
04032   }
04033   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
04034   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
04035     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
04036 
04037   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
04038   if (!II) {
04039     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
04040       << Name;
04041     return 0;
04042   }
04043 
04044   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
04045 
04046   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
04047     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
04048     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
04049     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
04050 
04051       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
04052       // is a GNU extension.
04053       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
04054         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
04055       else
04056         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
04057       D.setInvalidType();
04058     }
04059   }
04060   
04061   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
04062     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
04063     // OpenCL __local address space.
04064     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
04065       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
04066   }
04067 
04068   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
04069   VarDecl *NewVD;
04070   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
04071     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
04072                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
04073                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
04074   
04075     if (D.isInvalidType())
04076       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04077   } else {
04078     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
04079       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
04080       if (SC == SC_Static) {
04081         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
04082              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
04083           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
04084       } else if (SC == SC_None)
04085         SC = SC_Static;
04086     }
04087     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
04088       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
04089         if (RD->isLocalClass())
04090           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04091                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
04092             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
04093 
04094         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
04095         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
04096         if (RD->isUnion())
04097           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04098                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
04099                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
04100                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
04101         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
04102         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
04103           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04104                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
04105             << Name << RD->isUnion();
04106       }
04107     }
04108 
04109     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
04110     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
04111     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
04112     bool Invalid = false;
04113     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
04114         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
04115                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
04116                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04117                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
04118                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
04119                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
04120                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
04121                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
04122                                                   Invalid)) {
04123       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
04124         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
04125         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
04126           << II
04127           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
04128                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
04129         return 0;
04130       } else {
04131         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
04132         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
04133         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
04134              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
04135           << II
04136           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
04137                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
04138       }
04139     }
04140 
04141     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
04142                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
04143                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
04144 
04145     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
04146     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
04147     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
04148         R->getContainedAutoType())
04149       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
04150 
04151     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
04152       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04153 
04154     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
04155 
04156     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
04157       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
04158                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
04159                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
04160     }
04161 
04162     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
04163       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
04164   }
04165 
04166   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
04167   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
04168   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
04169 
04170   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
04171     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
04172       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
04173     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
04174       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
04175     else
04176       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
04177   }
04178 
04179   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
04180     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
04181       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
04182         << 2
04183         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
04184     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
04185       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
04186         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
04187         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
04188         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
04189     else
04190       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
04191   }
04192 
04193   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
04194   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
04195 
04196   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
04197   // retainable type.
04198   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
04199     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04200 
04201   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
04202   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
04203     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
04204     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
04205     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
04206     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
04207       switch (SC) {
04208       case SC_None:
04209       case SC_Auto:
04210         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
04211         break;
04212       case SC_Register:
04213         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
04214           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
04215         break;
04216       case SC_Static:
04217       case SC_Extern:
04218       case SC_PrivateExtern:
04219       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
04220         break;
04221       }
04222     }
04223 
04224     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
04225                                                 Context, Label));
04226   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
04227     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
04228       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
04229     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
04230       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
04231       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
04232     }
04233   }
04234 
04235   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
04236   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
04237     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
04238 
04239   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
04240   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
04241   // declaration has linkage).
04242   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
04243                        isExplicitSpecialization);
04244   
04245   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
04246     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
04247   } else {
04248     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
04249     if (!Previous.empty()) {
04250       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
04251           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
04252           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
04253         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
04254         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
04255         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
04256           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
04257         Previous.clear();
04258         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04259       }
04260     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
04261       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
04262       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
04263         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
04264         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
04265       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04266     }
04267 
04268     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
04269 
04270     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
04271     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
04272         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
04273       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04274   }
04275 
04276   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
04277   // such variables.
04278   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
04279       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
04280     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
04281 
04282   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
04283   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
04284   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
04285     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
04286   
04287   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
04288 
04289   return NewVD;
04290 }
04291 
04292 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
04293 /// -Wshadow.
04294 ///
04295 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
04296 /// scope.
04297 ///
04298 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
04299 /// \param R the lookup of the name
04300 ///
04301 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
04302   // Return if warning is ignored.
04303   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
04304         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
04305     return;
04306 
04307   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
04308   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
04309     return;
04310 
04311   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
04312 
04313   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
04314   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
04315     return;
04316 
04317   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
04318   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
04319     return;
04320 
04321   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
04322   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
04323     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
04324       if (MD->isStatic())
04325         return;
04326 
04327   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
04328     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
04329       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
04330       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
04331       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
04332              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
04333            I != E; ++I)
04334         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
04335           ShadowedDecl = *I;
04336           break;
04337         }
04338     }
04339 
04340   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
04341 
04342   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
04343   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
04344     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
04345     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
04346       return;
04347 
04348     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
04349     // static data members from base classes?
04350     
04351     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
04352     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
04353     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
04354   }
04355 
04356   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
04357   unsigned Kind;
04358   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
04359     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
04360       Kind = 3; // field
04361     else
04362       Kind = 2; // static data member
04363   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
04364     Kind = 1; // global
04365   else
04366     Kind = 0; // local
04367 
04368   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
04369 
04370   // Emit warning and note.
04371   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
04372   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
04373 }
04374 
04375 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
04376 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
04377   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
04378         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
04379     return;
04380 
04381   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
04382                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
04383   LookupName(R, S);
04384   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
04385 }
04386 
04387 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
04388 /// declaration.
04389 ///
04390 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
04391 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
04392 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
04393 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
04394 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
04395 ///
04396 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
04397 ///
04398 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
04399 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
04400                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
04401   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
04402   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
04403     return false;
04404 
04405   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
04406 
04407   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
04408     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
04409       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
04410     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
04411     NewVD->setType(T);
04412   }
04413 
04414   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
04415   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
04416   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
04417   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
04418   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
04419     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
04420     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04421     return false;
04422   }
04423 
04424   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
04425       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
04426     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
04427       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
04428     else
04429       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
04430   }
04431   
04432   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
04433   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
04434       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
04435     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
04436 
04437   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
04438       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
04439     bool SizeIsNegative;
04440     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
04441     QualType FixedTy =
04442         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
04443                                             Oversized);
04444 
04445     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
04446       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
04447       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
04448       // int a[10][n];
04449       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
04450 
04451       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
04452         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
04453         << SizeRange;
04454       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
04455         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
04456         << SizeRange;
04457       else
04458         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
04459         << SizeRange;
04460       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04461       return false;
04462     }
04463 
04464     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
04465       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
04466         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
04467       else
04468         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
04469       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04470       return false;
04471     }
04472 
04473     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
04474     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
04475   }
04476 
04477   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
04478     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
04479     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
04480     // declaration with the same name.
04481     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
04482       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
04483     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
04484       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
04485   }
04486 
04487   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
04488     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
04489       << T;
04490     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04491     return false;
04492   }
04493 
04494   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
04495     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
04496     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04497     return false;
04498   }
04499 
04500   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
04501     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
04502     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04503     return false;
04504   }
04505 
04506   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
04507       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
04508                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
04509     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
04510     return false;
04511   }
04512 
04513   if (!Previous.empty()) {
04514     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
04515     return true;
04516   }
04517   return false;
04518 }
04519 
04520 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
04521 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
04522   Sema *S;
04523   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
04524 };
04525 
04526 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
04527 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
04528 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
04529 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
04530                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
04531                                  void *UserData) {
04532   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
04533 
04534   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 
04535     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
04536   
04537   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
04538   
04539   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
04540   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
04541     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
04542     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
04543     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
04544     
04545     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
04546   }    
04547   
04548   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
04549        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
04550        ++Path.Decls.first) {
04551     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
04552     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
04553       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
04554         return true;
04555     }
04556   }
04557   
04558   return false;
04559 }
04560 
04561 static bool hasDelayedExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
04562   const FunctionProtoType *Proto =Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
04563   return Proto && Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed;
04564 }
04565 
04566 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
04567 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
04568 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
04569   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
04570   CXXBasePaths Paths;
04571   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
04572   Data.Method = MD;
04573   Data.S = this;
04574   bool AddedAny = false;
04575   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
04576     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
04577          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
04578       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
04579         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
04580         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
04581             (hasDelayedExceptionSpec(MD) ||
04582              !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD)) &&
04583             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
04584           AddedAny = true;
04585         }
04586       }
04587     }
04588   }
04589   
04590   return AddedAny;
04591 }
04592 
04593 namespace {
04594   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
04595   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
04596   struct ActOnFDArgs {
04597     Scope *S;
04598     Declarator &D;
04599     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
04600     bool AddToScope;
04601   };
04602 }
04603 
04604 namespace {
04605 
04606 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
04607 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
04608 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
04609  public:
04610   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
04611       : ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
04612 
04613   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
04614     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
04615       return false;
04616 
04617     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<CXXMethodDecl>()) {
04618       CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
04619       return Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent;
04620     }
04621 
04622     return !ExpectedParent;
04623   }
04624 
04625  private:
04626   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
04627 };
04628 
04629 }
04630 
04631 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
04632 ///
04633 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
04634 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
04635 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
04636 /// the same name.
04637 ///
04638 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
04639 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
04640 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
04641     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
04642     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
04643   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
04644   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
04645   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
04646   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
04647                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
04648   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
04649   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
04650   TypoCorrection Correction;
04651   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
04652                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
04653   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
04654                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
04655 
04656   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
04657   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
04658   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
04659          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
04660   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
04661   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
04662   if (!Prev.empty()) {
04663     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
04664          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
04665       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
04666       if (FD &&
04667           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
04668         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
04669         // involve a parameter
04670         unsigned ParamNum =
04671             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
04672         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
04673       }
04674     }
04675   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
04676   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
04677                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
04678                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
04679     // Trap errors.
04680     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
04681 
04682     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
04683     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
04684                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
04685     Previous.clear();
04686     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
04687     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
04688                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
04689          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
04690       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
04691       if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD,
04692                                      MismatchedParams)) {
04693         Previous.addDecl(FD);
04694       }
04695     }
04696     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
04697     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
04698     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
04699     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
04700     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
04701         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
04702         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
04703         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
04704         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
04705     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
04706       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
04707       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
04708                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
04709       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
04710       Previous.clear();
04711       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
04712       Result = NULL;
04713     } else {
04714       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
04715                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
04716            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
04717         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
04718           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
04719       }
04720     }
04721     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
04722       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
04723       Correction = TypoCorrection();
04724     } else {
04725       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
04726                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
04727     }
04728   }
04729 
04730   if (Correction)
04731     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
04732         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
04733         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
04734             NewFD->getLocation(),
04735             Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
04736   else
04737     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
04738         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
04739 
04740   bool NewFDisConst = false;
04741   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
04742     NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
04743 
04744   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
04745        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
04746        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
04747     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
04748     bool FDisConst = false;
04749     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
04750       FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
04751 
04752     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
04753       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
04754       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
04755       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
04756       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
04757           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
04758     } else if (Correction) {
04759       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
04760           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
04761     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
04762       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
04763           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
04764     } else
04765       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
04766   }
04767   return Result;
04768 }
04769 
04770 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 
04771                                                           Declarator &D) {
04772   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
04773   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
04774   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
04775   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
04776   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
04777     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
04778                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
04779     D.setInvalidType();
04780     break;
04781   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
04782   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
04783   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
04784     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
04785       // C99 6.7.1p5:
04786       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
04787       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
04788       //   other than extern
04789       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
04790       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
04791                    diag::err_static_block_func);
04792       break;
04793     } else
04794       return SC_Static;
04795   }
04796   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
04797   }
04798 
04799   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
04800   return SC_None;
04801 }
04802 
04803 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
04804                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
04805                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
04806                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
04807                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
04808   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
04809   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
04810 
04811   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
04812   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
04813   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
04814   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
04815     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
04816 
04817   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
04818     // Determine whether the function was written with a
04819     // prototype. This true when:
04820     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
04821     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
04822     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
04823     bool HasPrototype =
04824       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
04825       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
04826 
04827     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 
04828                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 
04829                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 
04830                                  HasPrototype);
04831     if (D.isInvalidType())
04832       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
04833 
04834     // Set the lexical context.
04835     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
04836 
04837     return NewFD;
04838   }
04839 
04840   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
04841   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
04842 
04843   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
04844   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
04845   // the class has been completely parsed.
04846   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
04847       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04848                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
04849                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
04850                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
04851     D.setInvalidType();
04852 
04853   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
04854     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
04855     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
04856            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
04857 
04858     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
04859     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
04860                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
04861                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
04862                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
04863                                       isConstexpr);
04864 
04865   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
04866     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
04867     if (DC->isRecord()) {
04868       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
04869       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
04870       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
04871                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
04872                                         D.getLocStart(),
04873                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
04874                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
04875 
04876       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
04877       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
04878       // it yet.
04879       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
04880           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
04881           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
04882         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
04883       }
04884 
04885       IsVirtualOkay = true;
04886       return NewDD;
04887 
04888     } else {
04889       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
04890       D.setInvalidType();
04891 
04892       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
04893       // code path.
04894       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
04895                                   D.getLocStart(),
04896                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
04897                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
04898                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
04899     }
04900 
04901   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
04902     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
04903       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04904            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
04905       return 0;
04906     }
04907 
04908     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
04909     IsVirtualOkay = true;
04910     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
04911                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
04912                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
04913                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
04914 
04915   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
04916     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
04917     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
04918     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
04919     // constructor if it has no return type).
04920     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
04921         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
04922       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
04923         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
04924         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
04925       return 0;
04926     }
04927 
04928     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
04929 
04930     // [class.free]p1:
04931     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
04932     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
04933     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
04934         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
04935       isStatic = true;
04936 
04937     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
04938     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
04939     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
04940         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
04941       isStatic = true;
04942 
04943     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
04944 
04945     // This is a C++ method declaration.
04946     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
04947                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
04948                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
04949                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
04950 
04951   } else {
04952     // Determine whether the function was written with a
04953     // prototype. This true when:
04954     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
04955     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
04956                                 D.getLocStart(),
04957                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
04958                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
04959   }
04960 }
04961 
04962 NamedDecl*
04963 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
04964                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
04965                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
04966                               bool &AddToScope) {
04967   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
04968 
04969   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
04970 
04971   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
04972   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
04973   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
04974   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
04975 
04976   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
04977     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
04978 
04979   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
04980   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
04981     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
04982          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
04983     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
04984     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
04985 
04986     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
04987     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
04988     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
04989       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
04990       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
04991                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
04992     }
04993     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
04994       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
04995   }
04996 
04997   bool isFriend = false;
04998   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
04999   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
05000   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
05001   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
05002   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
05003 
05004   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
05005                                               isVirtualOkay);
05006   if (!NewFD) return 0;
05007 
05008   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
05009     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
05010 
05011   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
05012     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
05013     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
05014     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
05015     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
05016     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
05017     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
05018       // C++ [class.friend]p5
05019       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
05020       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
05021       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
05022     }
05023 
05024     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
05025     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
05026     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
05027     if (D.isInvalidType())
05028       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05029     
05030     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
05031     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
05032     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
05033     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
05034         
05035     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
05036     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
05037     bool Invalid = false;
05038     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
05039           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
05040                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
05041                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
05042                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
05043                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
05044                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
05045                                   isFriend,
05046                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
05047                                   Invalid)) {
05048       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
05049         // This is a function template
05050 
05051         // Check that we can declare a template here.
05052         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
05053           return 0;
05054 
05055         // A destructor cannot be a template.
05056         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
05057           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
05058           return 0;
05059         }
05060         
05061         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 
05062         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
05063         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
05064         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
05065           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
05066           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
05067             Invalid = true;
05068         }
05069         
05070 
05071         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
05072                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
05073                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
05074                                                         NewFD);
05075         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
05076         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
05077 
05078         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
05079         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
05080           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
05081                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
05082                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
05083         }
05084       } else {
05085         // This is a function template specialization.
05086         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
05087         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
05088         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
05089                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
05090                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
05091 
05092         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
05093         if (isFriend) {
05094           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
05095           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
05096 
05097           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
05098           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
05099           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
05100           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
05101           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
05102           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
05103           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
05104             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
05105             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
05106           }
05107 
05108           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
05109             << Name << RemoveRange
05110             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
05111             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
05112         }
05113       }
05114     }
05115     else {
05116       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
05117       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
05118       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
05119         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
05120         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
05121                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
05122                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
05123     }
05124 
05125     if (Invalid) {
05126       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05127       if (FunctionTemplate)
05128         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
05129     }
05130 
05131     // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is
05132     // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration.
05133     // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here.
05134     if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration &&
05135         CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
05136         D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
05137         D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten()
05138           == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
05139       QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
05140       DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0);
05141       if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic &&
05142           !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType &&
05143           C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
05144         SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc);
05145         Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange;
05146 
05147         // If the declaration looks like:
05148         //   T var1,
05149         //   f();
05150         // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was
05151         // probably intended to be a ';'.
05152         if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) {
05153           FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr);
05154           FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr);
05155           if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() ||
05156               Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) {
05157             LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
05158                                 LookupOrdinaryName);
05159             if (LookupName(Result, S))
05160               Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call)
05161                 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD;
05162           }
05163         }
05164         const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
05165         // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default
05166         // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is
05167         // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op.
05168         if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() &&
05169             (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor()))
05170           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor)
05171             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange);
05172         else {
05173           std::string Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T);
05174           if (Init.empty() && LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
05175             Init = "{}";
05176           if (!Init.empty())
05177             Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
05178               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init);
05179         }
05180       }
05181     }
05182 
05183     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
05184     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
05185     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
05186     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
05187     //
05188     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05189       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
05190         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
05191              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
05192       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
05193         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
05194         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 
05195              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
05196           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
05197       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
05198         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
05199         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
05200         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
05201              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
05202           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
05203       } else {
05204         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
05205         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
05206       }
05207     }
05208 
05209     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
05210     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 
05211     //  declaration.
05212     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05213       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
05214         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
05215         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 
05216              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
05217           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
05218       }
05219     }
05220 
05221     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
05222     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
05223     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 
05224     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
05225     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05226       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
05227         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
05228         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 
05229              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
05230           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
05231       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 
05232                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
05233         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
05234         // or conversion function.
05235         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
05236              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
05237           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
05238       }      
05239     }
05240 
05241     if (isConstexpr) {
05242       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
05243       // are implicitly inline.
05244       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
05245 
05246       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
05247       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
05248       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
05249       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
05250         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
05251     }
05252 
05253     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
05254     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
05255       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
05256         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
05257           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
05258         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
05259           << 0
05260           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
05261       } else {
05262         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
05263         if (FunctionTemplate)
05264           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
05265       }
05266     }
05267 
05268     if (isFriend) {
05269       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
05270       if (FunctionTemplate) {
05271         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
05272         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
05273       }
05274       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
05275       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
05276     }
05277 
05278     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
05279     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
05280       case FDK_Declaration:
05281       case FDK_Definition:
05282         break;
05283         
05284       case FDK_Defaulted:
05285         NewFD->setDefaulted();
05286         break;
05287         
05288       case FDK_Deleted:
05289         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
05290         break;
05291     }
05292 
05293     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
05294         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
05295       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
05296       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 
05297       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
05298       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
05299     }
05300 
05301     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
05302         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
05303       // C++ [class.static]p1:
05304       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
05305       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
05306       //   the class.
05307 
05308       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
05309       // member function definition.
05310       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
05311            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
05312         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
05313     }
05314   }
05315 
05316   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
05317   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
05318                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
05319                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
05320   
05321   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
05322   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
05323     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
05324     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
05325     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
05326                                                 SE->getString()));
05327   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
05328     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
05329       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
05330     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
05331       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
05332       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
05333     }
05334   }
05335 
05336   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
05337   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
05338   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
05339   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
05340     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
05341 
05342     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
05343     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
05344     // single void argument.
05345     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
05346     // already checks for that case.
05347     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
05348         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
05349         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
05350       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
05351       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
05352 
05353       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
05354       // typedef of void is not permitted.
05355       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
05356           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
05357         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
05358         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
05359           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
05360         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
05361                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
05362           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
05363         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
05364           << IsTypeAlias;
05365       }
05366     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
05367       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
05368         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
05369         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
05370         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
05371         Params.push_back(Param);
05372 
05373         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
05374           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05375       }
05376     }
05377 
05378   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
05379     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
05380     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
05381     // parameters for use in the declaration.
05382     //
05383     // @code
05384     // typedef void fn(int);
05385     // fn f;
05386     // @endcode
05387 
05388     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
05389     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
05390          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
05391       ParmVarDecl *Param =
05392         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
05393       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
05394       Params.push_back(Param);
05395     }
05396   } else {
05397     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
05398            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
05399   }
05400 
05401   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
05402   NewFD->setParams(Params);
05403 
05404   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
05405   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
05406   //
05407   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
05408   //
05409   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
05410   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
05411   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
05412 
05413   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
05414   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
05415                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
05416 
05417   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
05418   // because all functions have linkage.
05419   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
05420       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
05421     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
05422     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05423   }
05424 
05425   // Handle attributes.
05426   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
05427                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
05428 
05429   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
05430     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
05431     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
05432     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05433       if (NewFD->isMain())
05434         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
05435       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
05436                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
05437     }
05438     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
05439             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
05440            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
05441   } else {
05442     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 
05443     // argument list into our AST format.
05444     bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
05445     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
05446     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
05447       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
05448       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
05449       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
05450       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
05451                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
05452                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
05453       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
05454                                  TemplateArgs);
05455       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
05456     
05457       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
05458     
05459       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05460         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
05461       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
05462         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
05463         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
05464           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
05465 
05466         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
05467       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 
05468                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
05469         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 
05470         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
05471         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
05472         // too few of them).
05473         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
05474           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
05475           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
05476                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
05477                                         "template<> ");
05478         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
05479       } else {
05480         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
05481         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
05482       }
05483     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
05484       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
05485       // wrote something like:
05486       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
05487       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
05488       //   friend void foo<>(int);
05489       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
05490       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
05491         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
05492       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
05493     }
05494 
05495     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
05496     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
05497     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
05498     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
05499     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
05500     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
05501         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
05502          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
05503             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
05504             InstantiationDependent))) {
05505       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
05506              "friend function specialization without template args");
05507       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
05508                                                        Previous))
05509         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05510     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
05511       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 
05512           && !isFriend) {
05513         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
05514         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 
05515           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
05516           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
05517           << NewFD->getDeclName();
05518       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
05519                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
05520                                                      Previous))
05521         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05522       
05523       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
05524       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
05525       //   specialization (14.7.3)
05526       if (SC != SC_None) {
05527         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
05528           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
05529                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
05530             << SC
05531             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
05532                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
05533             
05534         else
05535           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 
05536                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
05537             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
05538                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
05539       }
05540       
05541     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
05542       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
05543           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05544     }
05545 
05546     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
05547     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
05548       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05549         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
05550         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
05551         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
05552           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
05553       } else {
05554         if (NewFD->isMain()) 
05555           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
05556         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
05557                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
05558       }
05559     }
05560 
05561     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
05562             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
05563            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
05564 
05565     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
05566                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
05567                                 : NewFD);
05568 
05569     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
05570       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
05571       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
05572         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
05573 
05574       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
05575       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
05576 
05577       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
05578     }
05579 
05580     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
05581         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
05582       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
05583 
05584     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
05585     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
05586     if (FunctionTemplate) {
05587       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 
05588                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
05589       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
05590                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
05591                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
05592                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
05593                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
05594                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
05595                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 
05596                                  DC && DC->isRecord() && 
05597                                  DC->isDependentContext())
05598                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
05599                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
05600     }
05601 
05602     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
05603       // Ignore all the rest of this.
05604     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
05605       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
05606                                        AddToScope };
05607       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
05608       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
05609         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
05610 
05611       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
05612       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
05613         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
05614         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
05615 
05616         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
05617         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
05618         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
05619         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
05620         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
05621         // can actually do this check immediately.
05622         if (isFriend &&
05623             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
05624              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
05625              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
05626           // ignore these
05627         } else {
05628           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
05629           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
05630           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
05631           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
05632           //
05633           // class X {
05634           //   void f() const;
05635           // };
05636           //
05637           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
05638           //
05639           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
05640           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
05641           // whether the parameter types are references).
05642 
05643           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
05644                                                                NewFD,
05645                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
05646             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
05647             return Result;
05648           }
05649         }
05650 
05651         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
05652         // to something.
05653       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
05654         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
05655                                                              NewFD,
05656                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
05657           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
05658           return Result;
05659         }
05660       }
05661 
05662     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
05663                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
05664                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
05665       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
05666       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
05667       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
05668       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
05669       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 
05670       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 
05671       // generate them.
05672       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
05673         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
05674     }
05675   }
05676 
05677   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
05678 
05679   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 
05680       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
05681     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
05682          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
05683       << NewFD;
05684 
05685     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
05686     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
05687     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
05688     EPI.Variadic = true;
05689     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
05690 
05691     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
05692     NewFD->setType(R);
05693   }
05694 
05695   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
05696   // member, set the visibility of this function.
05697   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
05698     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
05699 
05700   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
05701   // marking the function.
05702   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
05703 
05704   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
05705   // map of such names.
05706   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
05707       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
05708     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
05709 
05710   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
05711   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
05712 
05713   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
05714     if (FunctionTemplate) {
05715       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
05716         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
05717       return FunctionTemplate;
05718     }
05719   }
05720 
05721   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
05722 
05723   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
05724     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
05725       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
05726           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
05727         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
05728           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
05729             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
05730 
05731           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
05732         }
05733       }
05734   
05735   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
05736   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
05737   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
05738   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
05739     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
05740                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
05741                                 Context, CurContext,  SourceLocation(), 
05742                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD));
05743     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
05744     AddToScope = false;
05745   }
05746 
05747   return NewFD;
05748 }
05749 
05750 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
05751 ///
05752 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
05753 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
05754 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
05755 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
05756 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
05757 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
05758 /// via InstantiateDecl).
05759 ///
05760 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
05761 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
05762 ///
05763 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
05764 ///
05765 /// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
05766 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
05767                                     LookupResult &Previous,
05768                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
05769   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 
05770          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
05771 
05772   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
05773   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
05774     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
05775     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
05776     // declaration with the same name.
05777     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
05778       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
05779     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
05780       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
05781   }
05782 
05783   bool Redeclaration = false;
05784 
05785   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
05786   // the same name, if appropriate.
05787   if (!Previous.empty()) {
05788     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
05789     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
05790     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
05791     // function to the scope.
05792 
05793     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
05794     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
05795       Redeclaration = true;
05796       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
05797     } else {
05798       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
05799                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
05800       case Ovl_Match:
05801         Redeclaration = true;
05802         break;
05803 
05804       case Ovl_NonFunction:
05805         Redeclaration = true;
05806         break;
05807 
05808       case Ovl_Overload:
05809         Redeclaration = false;
05810         break;
05811       }
05812 
05813       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
05814         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
05815         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
05816         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
05817           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
05818         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
05819         if (Redeclaration)
05820           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
05821         else if (!Previous.empty())
05822           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
05823         if (OverloadedDecl)
05824           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
05825                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
05826         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
05827                                                         Context));
05828       }
05829     }
05830 
05831     if (Redeclaration) {
05832       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
05833       // merged.
05834       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
05835         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05836         return Redeclaration;
05837       }
05838 
05839       Previous.clear();
05840       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
05841 
05842       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
05843                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
05844         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
05845         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
05846           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
05847         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
05848         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 
05849               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
05850           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
05851           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
05852         }
05853         
05854         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
05855         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
05856         if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 
05857             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
05858           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
05859           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
05860         }
05861         
05862       } else {
05863         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
05864           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
05865         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
05866       }
05867     }
05868   }
05869 
05870   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
05871   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
05872     // C++-specific checks.
05873     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
05874       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
05875     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 
05876                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
05877       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
05878       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
05879       
05880       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
05881       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
05882       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
05883         DeclarationName Name
05884           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
05885                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
05886         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
05887           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
05888           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05889           return Redeclaration;
05890         }
05891       }
05892     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
05893                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
05894       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
05895     }
05896 
05897     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
05898     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
05899       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 
05900           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
05901         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
05902           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
05903           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
05904             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
05905               << NewFD->getDeclName();
05906             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 
05907                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
05908                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
05909                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
05910                  ++Overridden) {
05911               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 
05912                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
05913             }
05914           }
05915         }
05916       }
05917       
05918       if (Method->isStatic())
05919         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
05920     }
05921 
05922     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
05923     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
05924         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
05925       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05926       return Redeclaration;
05927     }
05928 
05929     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
05930     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
05931         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
05932       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
05933       return Redeclaration;
05934     }
05935 
05936     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
05937     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
05938     // during delayed parsing anyway.
05939     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
05940       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
05941     
05942     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
05943     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 
05944     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
05945       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
05946       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
05947       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
05948         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
05949         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
05950         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
05951       }
05952     }
05953   
05954     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 
05955     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
05956     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
05957     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
05958       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
05959       if (!R.isPODType(Context) && 
05960           !R->isVoidType())
05961         Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt ) 
05962           << NewFD << R;
05963     }
05964   }
05965   return Redeclaration;
05966 }
05967 
05968 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
05969   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
05970   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
05971   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
05972   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
05973   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
05974   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
05975     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 
05976          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 
05977       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
05978   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
05979     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 
05980       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
05981   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
05982     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
05983       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
05984     FD->setConstexpr(false);
05985   }
05986 
05987   QualType T = FD->getType();
05988   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
05989   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
05990 
05991   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
05992   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
05993     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
05994     // set the flag which tells us that.
05995     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
05996     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
05997 
05998   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
05999   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
06000   // implicit-return-zero rule.
06001   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
06002     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
06003 
06004   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
06005   } else {
06006     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
06007     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
06008   }
06009 
06010   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
06011   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
06012 
06013   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
06014   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
06015   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
06016 
06017   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
06018 
06019   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
06020   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
06021   // getting shifty.
06022   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
06023     HasExtraParameters = false;
06024 
06025   if (HasExtraParameters) {
06026     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
06027     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
06028     nparams = 3;
06029   }
06030 
06031   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
06032   // if we had some location information about types.
06033 
06034   QualType CharPP =
06035     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
06036   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
06037 
06038   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
06039     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
06040 
06041     bool mismatch = true;
06042 
06043     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
06044       mismatch = false;
06045     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
06046       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
06047       //   char const **
06048       //   char const * const *
06049       //   char * const *
06050 
06051       QualifierCollector qs;
06052       const PointerType* PT;
06053       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
06054           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
06055           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
06056         qs.removeConst();
06057         mismatch = !qs.empty();
06058       }
06059     }
06060 
06061     if (mismatch) {
06062       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
06063       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
06064       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
06065     }
06066   }
06067 
06068   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
06069     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
06070   }
06071   
06072   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
06073     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
06074     FD->setInvalidDecl();
06075   }
06076 }
06077 
06078 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
06079   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
06080   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
06081   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
06082   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
06083   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
06084   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
06085   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
06086   // rules there don't matter.)
06087   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
06088     return false;
06089   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
06090     << Init->getSourceRange();
06091   return true;
06092 }
06093 
06094 namespace {
06095   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
06096   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
06097   class SelfReferenceChecker
06098       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
06099     Sema &S;
06100     Decl *OrigDecl;
06101     bool isRecordType;
06102     bool isPODType;
06103 
06104   public:
06105     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
06106 
06107     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
06108                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
06109       isPODType = false;
06110       isRecordType = false;
06111       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
06112         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
06113         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
06114       }
06115     }
06116 
06117     // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used
06118     // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check.  Assume that the casts
06119     // are present and continue visiting the expression.
06120     void HandleExpr(Expr *E) {
06121       // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record type.  Doing so is a
06122       // way to silence uninitialized warnings.
06123       if (isRecordType)
06124         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
06125           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
06126 
06127       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
06128         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
06129         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
06130       }
06131 
06132       Visit(E);
06133     }
06134 
06135     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
06136     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
06137     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
06138     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
06139       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
06140       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
06141         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
06142         return;
06143       }
06144 
06145       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
06146         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
06147         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
06148       }
06149     }
06150 
06151     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
06152       if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
06153           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
06154         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
06155 
06156       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
06157     }
06158 
06159     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
06160       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
06161       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
06162 
06163       ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl();
06164       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD);
06165       if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic()))
06166         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
06167               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
06168           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
06169           return;
06170         }
06171 
06172       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
06173     }
06174 
06175     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
06176       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
06177       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType &&
06178           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) return;
06179       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
06180     } 
06181 
06182     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
06183 
06184     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
06185       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 
06186       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
06187       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
06188                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
06189       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
06190                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
06191                               << Result.getLookupName()
06192                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
06193                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
06194     }
06195   };
06196 }
06197 
06198 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
06199 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
06200   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E);
06201 }
06202 
06203 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
06204 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
06205 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
06206 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
06207                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
06208   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
06209   // the initializer.
06210   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
06211     return;
06212 
06213   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
06214     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
06215     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
06216     // Thus this grotesque test.
06217     IntegerLiteral *IL;
06218     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
06219         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
06220       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
06221     else {
06222       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
06223         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
06224       Method->setInvalidDecl();
06225     }
06226     return;
06227   }
06228 
06229   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
06230   if (!VDecl) {
06231     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
06232     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
06233     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06234     return;
06235   }
06236 
06237   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
06238   // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
06239   // by a dataflow analysis.
06240   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal())
06241     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
06242 
06243   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
06244 
06245   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
06246   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
06247     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
06248     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
06249     // contains exactly one expression.
06250     if (CXXDirectInit) {
06251       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
06252         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
06253         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
06254         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
06255              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
06256           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
06257           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
06258         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06259         return;
06260       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
06261         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
06262              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
06263           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
06264           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
06265         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06266         return;
06267       } else {
06268         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
06269       }
06270     }
06271     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
06272     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
06273             DAR_Failed)
06274       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
06275     if (!DeducedType) {
06276       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06277       return;
06278     }
06279     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
06280     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
06281     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
06282     
06283     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
06284     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
06285       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06286 
06287     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
06288     // the previously declared type.
06289     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
06290       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
06291   }
06292 
06293   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
06294     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
06295     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
06296     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06297     return;
06298   }
06299 
06300   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
06301     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
06302     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
06303     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
06304     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
06305     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
06306       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
06307     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
06308                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
06309       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06310       return;
06311     }
06312 
06313     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
06314     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
06315                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
06316                                AbstractVariableType))
06317       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06318   }
06319 
06320   const VarDecl *Def;
06321   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
06322     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
06323       << VDecl->getDeclName();
06324     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
06325     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06326     return;
06327   }
06328   
06329   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
06330   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
06331     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
06332     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
06333     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
06334     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
06335     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
06336     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
06337     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
06338     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
06339     //
06340     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
06341     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
06342     // declaration with an initializer.
06343     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
06344       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 
06345         << VDecl->getDeclName();
06346       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
06347       return;
06348     }  
06349 
06350     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
06351       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
06352 
06353     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
06354       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06355       return;
06356     }
06357   }
06358 
06359   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
06360   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
06361   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
06362     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
06363     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06364     return;
06365   }
06366 
06367   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
06368   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
06369   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
06370   
06371   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
06372   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
06373   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
06374     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
06375       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
06376       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
06377         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06378         return;
06379       }
06380       Init = Result.take();
06381     }
06382 
06383   // Perform the initialization.
06384   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
06385     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
06386     InitializationKind Kind
06387       = DirectInit ?
06388           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
06389                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
06390                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
06391                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
06392                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
06393                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
06394                                                     Init->getLocStart());
06395 
06396     Expr **Args = &Init;
06397     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
06398     if (CXXDirectInit) {
06399       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
06400       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
06401     }
06402     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
06403     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
06404                                               MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs),
06405                                               &DclT);
06406     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
06407       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06408       return;
06409     }
06410 
06411     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
06412   }
06413 
06414   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
06415   // completed by the initializer. For example:
06416   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
06417   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
06418   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
06419     VDecl->setType(DclT);
06420 
06421   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
06422   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
06423 
06424   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
06425     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
06426 
06427   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
06428   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
06429   VDecl->setInit(Init);
06430 
06431   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
06432     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
06433     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
06434     // C++ does not have this restriction.
06435     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
06436         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
06437       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
06438   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
06439              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
06440     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
06441     //
06442     // struct S {
06443     //   static const int value = 17;
06444     // };
06445 
06446     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
06447     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
06448     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
06449     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
06450     //
06451     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
06452     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
06453     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
06454     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
06455     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
06456     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
06457     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
06458     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
06459     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
06460 
06461     // Do nothing on dependent types.
06462     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
06463 
06464     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
06465     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
06466     // type.
06467     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
06468 
06469     // Require constness.
06470     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
06471       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
06472         << Init->getSourceRange();
06473       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06474 
06475     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
06476     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
06477       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
06478       SourceLocation Loc;
06479       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
06480         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
06481         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
06482         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
06483       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
06484         ; // Nothing to check.
06485       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
06486         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
06487       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
06488         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
06489         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
06490         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
06491           << Init->getSourceRange();
06492       } else {
06493         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
06494         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
06495         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
06496           << Init->getSourceRange();
06497         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06498       }
06499 
06500     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
06501     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
06502       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
06503         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
06504       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
06505         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
06506              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
06507           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
06508 
06509       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
06510         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
06511           << Init->getSourceRange();
06512         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06513       }
06514 
06515     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
06516     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
06517       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
06518         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
06519         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
06520       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
06521 
06522     } else {
06523       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
06524         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
06525       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
06526     }
06527   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
06528     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
06529         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
06530          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
06531       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
06532 
06533     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
06534     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
06535       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
06536   }
06537 
06538   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
06539   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
06540   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
06541   //
06542   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
06543   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
06544   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
06545   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
06546   // special case code.
06547 
06548   // C++ 8.5p11:
06549   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
06550   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
06551   // class type.
06552   if (CXXDirectInit) {
06553     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
06554     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
06555   } else if (DirectInit) {
06556     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
06557     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
06558   }
06559 
06560   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
06561 }
06562 
06563 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
06564 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
06565 /// of sanity.
06566 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
06567   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
06568   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
06569   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
06570 
06571   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
06572   if (!VD) return;
06573 
06574   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
06575   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
06576     D->setInvalidDecl();
06577     return;
06578   }
06579 
06580   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
06581   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
06582 
06583   // Require a complete type.
06584   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 
06585                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
06586                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
06587     VD->setInvalidDecl();
06588     return;
06589   }
06590 
06591   // Require an abstract type.
06592   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
06593                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
06594                              AbstractVariableType)) {
06595     VD->setInvalidDecl();
06596     return;
06597   }
06598 
06599   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
06600   // though.
06601 }
06602 
06603 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
06604                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
06605   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
06606   if (RealDecl == 0)
06607     return;
06608 
06609   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
06610     QualType Type = Var->getType();
06611 
06612     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
06613     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
06614       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
06615         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
06616       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06617       return;
06618     }
06619 
06620     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
06621     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
06622     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
06623     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
06624     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
06625     // member.
06626     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
06627       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
06628         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
06629              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
06630           << Var->getDeclName();
06631       else
06632         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
06633       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06634       return;
06635     }
06636 
06637     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
06638     case VarDecl::Definition:
06639       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
06640         break;
06641 
06642       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
06643       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
06644       // a declaration. 
06645       //
06646       // Fall through
06647       
06648     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
06649       // It's only a declaration. 
06650 
06651       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
06652       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
06653       // object shall be complete.
06654       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 
06655           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
06656           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
06657                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
06658         Var->setInvalidDecl();
06659 
06660       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
06661       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
06662           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
06663                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
06664                                  AbstractVariableType))
06665         Var->setInvalidDecl();
06666       return;
06667 
06668     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
06669       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
06670       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
06671       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
06672       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
06673       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
06674       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
06675         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
06676                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
06677           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
06678                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
06679                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
06680             Var->setInvalidDecl();
06681         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
06682           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
06683           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
06684           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
06685           // NOTE: code such as the following
06686           //     static struct s;
06687           //     struct s { int a; };
06688           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
06689           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
06690           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
06691           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
06692             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
06693                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
06694         }
06695       }
06696 
06697       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
06698       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
06699         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
06700       return;
06701     }
06702 
06703     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
06704     // definitions with incomplete array type.
06705     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
06706       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
06707            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
06708       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06709       return;
06710     }
06711 
06712     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
06713     // definitions with reference type.
06714     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
06715       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
06716         << Var->getDeclName()
06717         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
06718       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06719       return;
06720     }
06721 
06722     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
06723     // variable with dependent type.
06724     if (Type->isDependentType())
06725       return;
06726 
06727     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
06728       return;
06729 
06730     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 
06731                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
06732                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
06733       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06734       return;
06735     }
06736 
06737     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
06738     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
06739                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
06740                                AbstractVariableType)) {
06741       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06742       return;
06743     }
06744 
06745     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
06746     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
06747     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
06748     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
06749     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
06750     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
06751     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
06752     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
06753     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
06754     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
06755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
06756       if (const RecordType *Record
06757             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
06758         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
06759         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
06760         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
06761         // incompatibilities with C++98.
06762         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
06763           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
06764       }
06765     }
06766     
06767     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
06768     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
06769     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
06770     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
06771     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
06772     //   type shall have a user-declared default
06773     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
06774     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
06775     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
06776     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
06777     //   program is ill-formed.
06778     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
06779     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
06780     //   default-initialized; [...].
06781     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
06782     InitializationKind Kind
06783       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
06784     
06785     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
06786     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
06787                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
06788     if (Init.isInvalid())
06789       Var->setInvalidDecl();
06790     else if (Init.get()) {
06791       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
06792       // This is important for template substitution.
06793       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
06794     }
06795 
06796     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
06797   }
06798 }
06799 
06800 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
06801   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
06802   if (!VD) {
06803     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
06804     D->setInvalidDecl();
06805     return;
06806   }
06807 
06808   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
06809 
06810   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
06811   int Error = -1;
06812   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
06813   case SC_None:
06814     break;
06815   case SC_Extern:
06816     Error = 0;
06817     break;
06818   case SC_Static:
06819     Error = 1;
06820     break;
06821   case SC_PrivateExtern:
06822     Error = 2;
06823     break;
06824   case SC_Auto:
06825     Error = 3;
06826     break;
06827   case SC_Register:
06828     Error = 4;
06829     break;
06830   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
06831     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
06832   }
06833   if (VD->isConstexpr())
06834     Error = 5;
06835   if (Error != -1) {
06836     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
06837       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
06838     D->setInvalidDecl();
06839   }
06840 }
06841 
06842 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
06843   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
06844 
06845   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
06846   // local retaining variable.
06847   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
06848       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
06849     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
06850     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
06851     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
06852     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
06853       break;
06854 
06855     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
06856     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
06857       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
06858       break;
06859     }
06860   }
06861 
06862   // All the following checks are C++ only.
06863   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
06864 
06865   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
06866   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
06867 
06868   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
06869   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
06870     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
06871     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
06872 
06873     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
06874     // constructing this copy.
06875     QualType type = var->getType();
06876 
06877     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
06878       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
06879       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
06880       ExprResult result =
06881         PerformCopyInitialization(
06882                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
06883                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
06884       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
06885         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
06886         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
06887         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
06888       }
06889     }
06890   }
06891 
06892   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
06893   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
06894 
06895   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
06896     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
06897         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
06898                                             var->getLocation())
06899           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
06900         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
06901       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
06902         << Init->getSourceRange();
06903 
06904     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
06905       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
06906       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
06907         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
06908         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
06909         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
06910         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
06911               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
06912           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
06913           Notes.clear();
06914         }
06915         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
06916           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
06917         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
06918           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
06919       }
06920     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
06921       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
06922       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
06923       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
06924       var->checkInitIsICE();
06925     }
06926   }
06927 
06928   // Require the destructor.
06929   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
06930     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
06931 }
06932 
06933 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
06934 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
06935 void
06936 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
06937   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
06938   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
06939 }
06940 
06941 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
06942 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
06943                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
06944   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
06945 
06946   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
06947     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
06948 
06949   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
06950     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
06951       Decls.push_back(D);
06952 
06953   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
06954                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
06955 }
06956 
06957 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
06958 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
06959 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
06960 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
06961                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
06962   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
06963   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
06964   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
06965   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
06966   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
06967   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
06968   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
06969   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
06970     QualType Deduced;
06971     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
06972     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
06973     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
06974       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
06975         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
06976         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
06977         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
06978           break;
06979         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
06980           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
06981           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
06982           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
06983             Deduced = U;
06984             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
06985             DeducedDecl = D;
06986           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
06987             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
06988                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
06989               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
06990               << U << D->getDeclName()
06991               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
06992               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
06993             D->setInvalidDecl();
06994             break;
06995           }
06996         }
06997       }
06998     }
06999   }
07000 
07001   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
07002 }
07003 
07004 
07005 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
07006 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
07007 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
07008   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
07009 
07010   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
07011   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
07012   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
07013   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
07014   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
07015     StorageClass = SC_Register;
07016     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
07017   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
07018              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
07019     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
07020     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
07021   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
07022     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
07023          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
07024     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
07025   }
07026 
07027   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
07028     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
07029   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
07030     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
07031       << 0;
07032 
07033   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
07034 
07035   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
07036   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
07037 
07038   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
07039     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
07040     // parameter.
07041     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
07042     
07043     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
07044     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
07045       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
07046         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
07047       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
07048     }
07049   }
07050 
07051   // Ensure we have a valid name
07052   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
07053   if (D.hasName()) {
07054     II = D.getIdentifier();
07055     if (!II) {
07056       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
07057         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
07058       D.setInvalidType(true);
07059     }
07060   }
07061 
07062   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
07063   if (II) {
07064     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
07065                    ForRedeclaration);
07066     LookupName(R, S);
07067     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
07068       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
07069       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
07070         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
07071         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
07072         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
07073         PrevDecl = 0;
07074       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
07075         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
07076         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
07077 
07078         // Recover by removing the name
07079         II = 0;
07080         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
07081         D.setInvalidType(true);
07082       }
07083     }
07084   }
07085 
07086   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
07087   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
07088   // looking like class members in C++.
07089   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
07090                                     D.getLocStart(),
07091                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
07092                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
07093                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
07094 
07095   if (D.isInvalidType())
07096     New->setInvalidDecl();
07097 
07098   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
07099   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
07100   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
07101                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
07102   
07103   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
07104   S->AddDecl(New);
07105   if (II)
07106     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
07107 
07108   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
07109 
07110   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
07111     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
07112       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
07113       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
07114       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
07115 
07116   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
07117     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
07118   }
07119   return New;
07120 }
07121 
07122 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
07123 /// typedef.
07124 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
07125                                               SourceLocation Loc,
07126                                               QualType T) {
07127   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
07128      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
07129      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
07130   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
07131                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
07132                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
07133   Param->setImplicit();
07134   return Param;
07135 }
07136 
07137 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
07138                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
07139   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
07140   // will already have done so in the template itself.
07141   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
07142     return;
07143 
07144   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
07145     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
07146         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
07147       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
07148         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
07149     }
07150   }
07151 }
07152 
07153 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
07154                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
07155                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
07156                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
07157   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
07158     return;
07159 
07160   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
07161   // threshold.
07162   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
07163     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
07164     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
07165       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
07166           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
07167   }
07168 
07169   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
07170   // threshold.
07171   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
07172     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
07173     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
07174       continue;
07175     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
07176     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
07177       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
07178           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
07179   }
07180 }
07181 
07182 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
07183                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
07184                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
07185                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
07186                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
07187   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
07188   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
07189       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
07190       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
07191 
07192     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
07193 
07194     // Special cases for arrays:
07195     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
07196     //   - otherwise, it's an error
07197     if (T->isArrayType()) {
07198       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
07199         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
07200             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
07201             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
07202       }
07203       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
07204     } else {
07205       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
07206     }
07207     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
07208   }
07209 
07210   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
07211                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 
07212                                          TSInfo,
07213                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
07214                                          0);
07215 
07216   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
07217   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
07218   // the class has been completely parsed.
07219   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
07220       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
07221                              AbstractParamType))
07222     New->setInvalidDecl();
07223 
07224   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
07225   // passed by reference.
07226   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
07227     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
07228     Diag(NameLoc,
07229          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
07230       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
07231     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
07232     New->setType(T);
07233   }
07234 
07235   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 
07236   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
07237   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
07238   // an address space.
07239   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
07240     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
07241     New->setInvalidDecl();
07242   }   
07243 
07244   return New;
07245 }
07246 
07247 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
07248                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
07249   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
07250 
07251   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
07252   // for a K&R function.
07253   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
07254     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
07255       --i;
07256       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
07257         SmallString<256> Code;
07258         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
07259                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
07260                                         << ";\n";
07261         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
07262           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
07263           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
07264 
07265         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
07266         // type.
07267         AttributeFactory attrs;
07268         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
07269         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
07270         unsigned DiagID; // unused
07271         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
07272                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
07273         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
07274         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
07275         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
07276       }
07277     }
07278   }
07279 }
07280 
07281 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
07282   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
07283   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
07284   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
07285 
07286   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
07287   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
07288                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
07289   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
07290 }
07291 
07292 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
07293   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
07294   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
07295     return false;
07296 
07297   // Or declarations that aren't global.
07298   if (!FD->isGlobal())
07299     return false;
07300 
07301   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
07302   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
07303     return false;
07304 
07305   // Don't warn about 'main'.
07306   if (FD->isMain())
07307     return false;
07308 
07309   // Don't warn about inline functions.
07310   if (FD->isInlined())
07311     return false;
07312 
07313   // Don't warn about function templates.
07314   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
07315     return false;
07316 
07317   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
07318   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
07319     return false;
07320 
07321   bool MissingPrototype = true;
07322   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
07323        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
07324     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
07325     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
07326     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
07327       continue;
07328       
07329     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
07330     break;
07331   }
07332     
07333   return MissingPrototype;
07334 }
07335 
07336 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
07337   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
07338   // was an extern inline function.
07339   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
07340   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
07341       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
07342     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
07343         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
07344       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
07345         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
07346     else
07347       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
07348     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
07349   }
07350 }
07351 
07352 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
07353   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
07354   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
07355   
07356   if (!D)
07357     return D;
07358   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
07359 
07360   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
07361     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
07362   else
07363     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
07364 
07365   // Enter a new function scope
07366   PushFunctionScope();
07367 
07368   // See if this is a redefinition.
07369   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
07370     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
07371 
07372   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
07373   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
07374     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
07375       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
07376       FD->setInvalidDecl();
07377     }
07378   }
07379 
07380   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
07381   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
07382   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
07383   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
07384       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
07385       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
07386                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
07387     FD->setInvalidDecl();
07388 
07389   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
07390   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
07391   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
07392   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
07393   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
07394   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
07395     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
07396 
07397   if (FnBodyScope)
07398     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
07399 
07400   // Check the validity of our function parameters
07401   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
07402                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
07403 
07404   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
07405   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
07406     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
07407     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
07408 
07409     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
07410     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
07411       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
07412 
07413       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
07414     }
07415   }
07416 
07417   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
07418   // introduce them into the function scope.
07419   if (FnBodyScope) {
07420     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
07421            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
07422       NamedDecl *D = *I;
07423 
07424       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
07425       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
07426       // and reattach to the current context.
07427       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
07428         // Is the decl actually in the context?
07429         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
07430                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
07431           if (*DI == D) {  
07432             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
07433             break;
07434           }
07435         }
07436         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
07437         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
07438       }
07439 
07440       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
07441       if (!D->getName().empty())
07442         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
07443 
07444       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
07445       // accessible in this scope.
07446       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
07447         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
07448                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
07449           PushOnScopeChains(&*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
07450       }
07451     }
07452   }
07453 
07454   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
07455   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
07456     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
07457 
07458   // Checking attributes of current function definition
07459   // dllimport attribute.
07460   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
07461   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
07462     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
07463     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 
07464     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
07465         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
07466       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
07467            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
07468         << "dllimport";
07469       FD->setInvalidDecl();
07470       return FD;
07471     }
07472 
07473     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
07474     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
07475     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
07476       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
07477       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
07478       // emitted.
07479       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
07480            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
07481         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
07482     }
07483   }
07484   return FD;
07485 }
07486 
07487 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
07488 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 
07489 /// optimization.
07490 ///
07491 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 
07492 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
07493 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
07494 /// use the named return value optimization.
07495 ///
07496 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
07497 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
07498 /// the NRVO variable.
07499 ///
07500 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 
07501 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
07502 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
07503 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
07504   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
07505 
07506   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
07507   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
07508     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
07509       return;
07510     
07511     if (!NRVOCandidate)
07512       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
07513     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
07514       return;
07515   }
07516   
07517   if (NRVOCandidate)
07518     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
07519 }
07520 
07521 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
07522   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
07523 }
07524 
07525 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
07526                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
07527   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
07528   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
07529   if (FunTmpl)
07530     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
07531   else
07532     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
07533 
07534   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
07535   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
07536 
07537   if (FD) {
07538     FD->setBody(Body);
07539 
07540     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
07541     // don't complain about missing return statements.
07542     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
07543       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
07544 
07545     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
07546     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
07547     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
07548       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
07549 
07550     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
07551       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
07552       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
07553                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
07554       
07555       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
07556       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
07557         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
07558       
07559       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
07560     }
07561     
07562     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
07563            "Function parsing confused");
07564   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
07565     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
07566     MD->setBody(Body);
07567     if (Body)
07568       MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
07569     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
07570       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
07571       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
07572                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
07573       
07574       if (Body)
07575         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
07576     }
07577     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
07578       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
07579       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
07580     }
07581     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
07582       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
07583       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
07584     }
07585   } else {
07586     return 0;
07587   }
07588 
07589   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
07590          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
07591   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
07592          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
07593 
07594   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
07595   if (Body) {
07596     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
07597     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
07598     // Verify this.
07599     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
07600       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
07601     
07602     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
07603     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
07604         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
07605         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
07606       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
07607 
07608     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
07609       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
07610         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
07611 
07612       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
07613                                              Destructor->getParent());
07614     }
07615     
07616     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
07617     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
07618     // deletion in some later function.
07619     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
07620         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
07621       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
07622     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
07623       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
07624       // enabled.
07625       ActivePolicy = &WP;
07626     }
07627 
07628     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
07629         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
07630          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
07631       FD->setInvalidDecl();
07632 
07633     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
07634     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
07635     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
07636            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
07637   }
07638   
07639   if (!IsInstantiation)
07640     PopDeclContext();
07641 
07642   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
07643   
07644   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
07645   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
07646   // deletion in some later function.
07647   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
07648     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
07649   }
07650 
07651   return dcl;
07652 }
07653 
07654 
07655 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
07656 /// relevant Decl.
07657 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
07658                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
07659   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
07660   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
07661     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
07662   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());  
07663   
07664   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
07665     if (Method->isStatic())
07666       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
07667 }
07668 
07669 
07670 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
07671 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
07672 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
07673                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
07674   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
07675   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
07676   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
07677   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
07678   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
07679     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
07680   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
07681     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
07682     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
07683     return Pos->second;
07684   }
07685 
07686   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
07687   unsigned diag_id;
07688   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
07689     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
07690   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
07691     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
07692   else
07693     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
07694   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
07695 
07696   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
07697   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
07698   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
07699     TypoCorrection Corrected;
07700     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
07701     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
07702                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
07703       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
07704       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
07705       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
07706 
07707       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
07708           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
07709 
07710       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
07711           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
07712         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
07713             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
07714     }
07715   }
07716 
07717   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
07718   const char *Dummy;
07719   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
07720   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
07721   unsigned DiagID;
07722   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
07723   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
07724   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
07725   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
07726   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
07727                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
07728                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
07729                                              SourceLocation(),
07730                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
07731                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
07732                 DS.getAttributes(),
07733                 SourceLocation());
07734   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
07735 
07736   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
07737 
07738   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
07739   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
07740 
07741   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
07742   FD->setImplicit();
07743 
07744   CurContext = PrevDC;
07745 
07746   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
07747 
07748   return FD;
07749 }
07750 
07751 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
07752 /// the declaration of this function.
07753 ///
07754 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
07755 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
07756 /// like NSLog or printf.
07757 ///
07758 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
07759 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
07760 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
07761   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
07762     return;
07763 
07764   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
07765   // actual attributes.
07766   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
07767     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
07768     unsigned FormatIdx;
07769     bool HasVAListArg;
07770     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
07771       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
07772         const char *fmt = "printf";
07773         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
07774         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
07775             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
07776           fmt = "NSString";
07777         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
07778                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
07779                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
07780       }
07781     }
07782     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
07783                                              HasVAListArg)) {
07784      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
07785        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
07786                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
07787                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
07788     }
07789 
07790     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
07791     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
07792     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
07793     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
07794         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
07795       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
07796         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
07797     }
07798 
07799     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
07800         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
07801       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
07802     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
07803       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
07804     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
07805       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
07806   }
07807 
07808   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
07809   if (!Name)
07810     return;
07811   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
07812        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
07813       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
07814        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
07815        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
07816     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
07817     // about.
07818   } else
07819     return;
07820 
07821   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
07822     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
07823     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
07824     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
07825       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
07826                                              "printf", 2,
07827                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
07828   }
07829 }
07830 
07831 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
07832                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
07833   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
07834   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
07835 
07836   if (!TInfo) {
07837     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
07838     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
07839   }
07840 
07841   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
07842   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
07843                                            D.getLocStart(),
07844                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
07845                                            D.getIdentifier(),
07846                                            TInfo);
07847 
07848   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
07849   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
07850     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
07851     return NewTD;
07852   }
07853 
07854   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
07855     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
07856       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
07857         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
07858         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
07859         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
07860     else
07861       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
07862   }
07863   
07864   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
07865   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
07866   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
07867   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
07868   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
07869   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
07870   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
07871   case TST_enum:
07872   case TST_struct:
07873   case TST_union:
07874   case TST_class: {
07875     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
07876 
07877     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
07878     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
07879     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
07880     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
07881 
07882     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
07883     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
07884 
07885     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
07886     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
07887       break;
07888 
07889     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
07890     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
07891     break;
07892   }
07893     
07894   default:
07895     break;
07896   }
07897 
07898   return NewTD;
07899 }
07900 
07901 
07902 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
07903 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
07904   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
07905   QualType T = TI->getType();
07906 
07907   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
07908     return false;
07909 
07910   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
07911   return true;
07912 }
07913 
07914 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
07915 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
07916 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
07917                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
07918                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
07919   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
07920 
07921   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
07922     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
07923       << Prev->isScoped();
07924     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
07925     return true;
07926   }
07927 
07928   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
07929     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
07930         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
07931         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
07932                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
07933       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
07934         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
07935       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
07936       return true;
07937     }
07938   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
07939     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
07940       << Prev->isFixed();
07941     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
07942     return true;
07943   }
07944 
07945   return false;
07946 }
07947 
07948 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
07949 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
07950 ///
07951 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
07952 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
07953                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
07954                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
07955                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
07956   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
07957   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
07958   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
07959   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
07960   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
07961   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
07962   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
07963   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
07964   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
07965   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
07966   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
07967   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
07968   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
07969   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
07970   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
07971     if (OldTag == NewTag)
07972       return true;
07973 
07974   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
07975       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
07976     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
07977     bool isTemplate = false;
07978     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
07979       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
07980 
07981     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
07982       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
07983       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
07984       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
07985         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
07986       return true;
07987     }
07988 
07989     if (isDefinition) {
07990       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
07991       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
07992       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
07993         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
07994         return true;
07995       }
07996 
07997       bool previousMismatch = false;
07998       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
07999            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
08000         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
08001           if (!previousMismatch) {
08002             previousMismatch = true;
08003             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
08004               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
08005           }
08006           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
08007             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
08008             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
08009                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
08010                                             "class" : "struct");
08011         }
08012       }
08013       return true;
08014     }
08015 
08016     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
08017     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
08018     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
08019     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
08020                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
08021     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
08022       return true;
08023     }
08024 
08025     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
08026       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
08027       << isTemplate << &Name;
08028     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
08029 
08030     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
08031     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
08032         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
08033           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
08034           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
08035                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
08036     }
08037 
08038     return true;
08039   }
08040   return false;
08041 }
08042 
08043 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
08044 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
08045 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
08046 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
08047 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
08048                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
08049                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
08050                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
08051                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
08052                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
08053                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
08054                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
08055                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
08056                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
08057   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
08058   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
08059   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
08060          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
08061   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
08062 
08063   OwnedDecl = false;
08064   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
08065   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
08066 
08067   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
08068   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
08069   bool Invalid = false;
08070 
08071   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
08072   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
08073   // for non-C++ cases.
08074   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
08075       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
08076     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
08077           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
08078                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
08079                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
08080                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
08081                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
08082                                                     Invalid)) {
08083       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
08084         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
08085         // be a member of another template).
08086 
08087         if (Invalid)
08088           return 0;
08089 
08090         OwnedDecl = false;
08091         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
08092                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
08093                                                TemplateParams, AS,
08094                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
08095                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
08096                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
08097         return Result.get();
08098       } else {
08099         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
08100         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
08101           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
08102         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
08103       }
08104     }
08105   }
08106 
08107   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
08108   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
08109   // redeclaration.
08110   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
08111 
08112   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
08113     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
08114       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
08115       // type, default to int.
08116       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
08117     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
08118       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
08119       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
08120       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
08121       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
08122       EnumUnderlying = TI;
08123 
08124       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
08125         // Recover by falling back to int.
08126         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
08127 
08128       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
08129                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
08130         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
08131 
08132     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
08133       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
08134       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
08135   }
08136 
08137   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
08138   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
08139   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
08140 
08141   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
08142   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
08143     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
08144 
08145   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
08146 
08147   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
08148     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
08149 
08150     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
08151     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
08152       Name = 0;
08153       goto CreateNewDecl;
08154     }
08155 
08156     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
08157     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
08158     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
08159       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
08160       if (!DC) {
08161         IsDependent = true;
08162         return 0;
08163       }
08164     } else {
08165       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
08166       if (!DC) {
08167         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
08168           << SS.getRange();
08169         return 0;
08170       }
08171     }
08172 
08173     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
08174       return 0;
08175 
08176     SearchDC = DC;
08177     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
08178     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
08179 
08180     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
08181       return 0;
08182 
08183     if (Previous.empty()) {
08184       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
08185       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
08186       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
08187       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
08188       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
08189       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
08190       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
08191           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
08192         IsDependent = true;
08193         return 0;
08194       }
08195 
08196       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
08197       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 
08198         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
08199       Name = 0;
08200       Invalid = true;
08201       goto CreateNewDecl;
08202     }
08203   } else if (Name) {
08204     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
08205     // declaration or definition.
08206     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
08207     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
08208     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
08209     LookupName(Previous, S);
08210 
08211     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 
08212         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
08213       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
08214       while (F.hasNext()) {
08215         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
08216         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
08217           F.erase();
08218       }
08219       F.done();
08220     }
08221     
08222     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
08223     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
08224       return 0;
08225 
08226     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
08227       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
08228       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
08229       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
08230       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
08231       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
08232         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
08233     }
08234   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
08235     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
08236     // initial context to the translation unit.
08237     // FIXME: [citation needed]
08238     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
08239   }
08240 
08241   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
08242       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
08243     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
08244     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
08245     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
08246     Previous.clear();
08247   }
08248 
08249   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
08250       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
08251     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
08252     isStdBadAlloc = true;
08253     
08254     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
08255       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
08256       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 
08257       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
08258       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
08259     }
08260   }
08261 
08262   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
08263   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
08264   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
08265   // there's a shadow friend decl.
08266   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
08267       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
08268     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
08269     assert(SS.isEmpty());
08270 
08271     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
08272       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
08273       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
08274       //
08275       //          class-key identifier
08276       //
08277       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
08278       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
08279       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
08280       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
08281       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
08282       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
08283       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
08284       //      declaration.
08285       //
08286       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
08287       // C structs and unions.
08288       //
08289       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
08290       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
08291       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
08292       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
08293       //
08294       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
08295       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
08296       //
08297       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
08298       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
08299       // lexical context,
08300       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
08301         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
08302 
08303       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
08304       while (S->isClassScope() ||
08305              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
08306               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
08307              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
08308              (S->getEntity() &&
08309               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
08310         S = S->getParent();
08311     } else {
08312       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
08313       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
08314       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
08315       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
08316       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
08317       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
08318     }
08319 
08320     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
08321     // diagnose some problems.
08322     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
08323       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
08324       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
08325     }
08326   }
08327 
08328   if (!Previous.empty()) {
08329     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
08330 
08331     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
08332     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
08333     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
08334     // in C++.
08335     //
08336     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
08337     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
08338     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
08339     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
08340     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
08341       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
08342         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
08343           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
08344           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
08345               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
08346                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
08347             PrevDecl = Tag;
08348             Previous.clear();
08349             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
08350             Previous.resolveKind();
08351           }
08352         }
08353       }
08354     }
08355 
08356     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
08357       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
08358       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
08359       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
08360       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
08361           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
08362         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
08363         // struct or something similar.
08364         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
08365                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
08366                                           *Name)) {
08367           bool SafeToContinue
08368             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
08369                Kind != TTK_Enum);
08370           if (SafeToContinue)
08371             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
08372               << Name
08373               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
08374                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
08375           else
08376             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
08377           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
08378 
08379           if (SafeToContinue)
08380             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
08381           else {
08382             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
08383             Name = 0;
08384             Previous.clear();
08385             Invalid = true;
08386           }
08387         }
08388 
08389         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
08390           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
08391 
08392           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
08393           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
08394           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
08395             if (ScopedEnum)
08396               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
08397                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
08398                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
08399             return PrevTagDecl;
08400           }
08401 
08402           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
08403           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
08404             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
08405           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
08406             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
08407 
08408           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
08409           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
08410           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
08411           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
08412                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
08413             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
08414         }
08415 
08416         if (!Invalid) {
08417           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
08418 
08419           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
08420           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
08421           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
08422           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
08423           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
08424                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
08425             return PrevTagDecl;
08426 
08427           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
08428           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
08429             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
08430               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
08431               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
08432               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
08433               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
08434               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
08435                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
08436                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
08437                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
08438                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
08439                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
08440                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
08441                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
08442                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
08443               }
08444 
08445               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
08446                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
08447                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
08448                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
08449                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
08450                 else
08451                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
08452                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
08453                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
08454                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
08455                 // references get the previous definition.
08456                 Name = 0;
08457                 Previous.clear();
08458                 Invalid = true;
08459               }
08460             } else {
08461               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
08462               // about a nested redefinition.
08463               const TagType *Tag
08464                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
08465               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
08466                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
08467                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
08468                      diag::note_previous_definition);
08469                 Name = 0;
08470                 Previous.clear();
08471                 Invalid = true;
08472               }
08473             }
08474 
08475             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
08476             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
08477           }
08478         }
08479         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
08480         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
08481 
08482       } else {
08483         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
08484         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
08485         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
08486         // have distinct types.
08487         Previous.clear();
08488       }
08489       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
08490       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
08491       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
08492 
08493 
08494     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
08495     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
08496     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
08497     } else {
08498       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
08499       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
08500       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
08501       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
08502           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
08503         unsigned Kind = 0;
08504         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
08505         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
08506         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
08507         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
08508         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
08509         Invalid = true;
08510 
08511       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
08512       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 
08513                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
08514         // do nothing
08515 
08516       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
08517       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
08518         unsigned Kind = 0;
08519         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
08520         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
08521         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
08522         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
08523         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
08524         Invalid = true;
08525 
08526       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
08527       // case here.
08528       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
08529         unsigned Kind = 0;
08530         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
08531         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
08532           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
08533         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
08534         Invalid = true;
08535 
08536       // Otherwise, diagnose.
08537       } else {
08538         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
08539         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
08540         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
08541         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
08542         Name = 0;
08543         Invalid = true;
08544       }
08545 
08546       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
08547       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
08548       Previous.clear();
08549     }
08550   }
08551 
08552 CreateNewDecl:
08553 
08554   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
08555   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
08556     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
08557 
08558   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
08559   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
08560   // keyword.
08561   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
08562 
08563   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
08564   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
08565   // PrevDecl.
08566   TagDecl *New;
08567 
08568   bool IsForwardReference = false;
08569   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
08570     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
08571     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
08572     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
08573                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
08574                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
08575     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
08576     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
08577       TagDecl *Def;
08578       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
08579         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
08580         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
08581       }
08582       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
08583         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
08584           << New;
08585         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
08586       } else {
08587         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
08588         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
08589           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
08590         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
08591           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
08592         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
08593         
08594         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 
08595         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
08596         // the declaration context.
08597         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
08598           IsForwardReference = true;
08599       }
08600     }
08601 
08602     if (EnumUnderlying) {
08603       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
08604       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
08605         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
08606       else
08607         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
08608       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
08609     }
08610 
08611   } else {
08612     // struct/union/class
08613 
08614     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
08615     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
08616     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
08617       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
08618       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
08619                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
08620 
08621       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
08622         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
08623     } else
08624       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
08625                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
08626   }
08627 
08628   // Maybe add qualifier info.
08629   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
08630     if (SS.isSet()) {
08631       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 
08632       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
08633       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
08634       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 
08635       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
08636       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
08637           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
08638           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
08639         Invalid = true;
08640 
08641       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
08642       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
08643         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
08644                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
08645                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
08646       }
08647     }
08648     else
08649       Invalid = true;
08650   }
08651 
08652   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
08653     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
08654     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
08655     //
08656     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
08657     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
08658     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
08659     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
08660     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
08661     // parsing of the struct).
08662     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
08663     
08664     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
08665   }
08666 
08667   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
08668     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
08669       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
08670         << 2
08671         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
08672     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
08673     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
08674     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
08675     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
08676       New->setModulePrivate();
08677   }
08678   
08679   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
08680   // check the specialization.
08681   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
08682     Invalid = true;
08683            
08684   if (Invalid)
08685     New->setInvalidDecl();
08686 
08687   if (Attr)
08688     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
08689 
08690   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
08691   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
08692   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
08693     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
08694 
08695   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
08696   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
08697   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
08698 
08699   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
08700   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
08701   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
08702   // the tag name visible.
08703   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
08704     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
08705                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
08706 
08707   // Set the access specifier.
08708   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
08709     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
08710 
08711   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
08712     New->startDefinition();
08713 
08714   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
08715   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
08716     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
08717     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
08718     if (PrevDecl)
08719       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
08720 
08721     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
08722     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
08723     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
08724       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
08725         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
08726   } else if (Name) {
08727     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
08728     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
08729     if (IsForwardReference)
08730       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
08731 
08732   } else {
08733     CurContext->addDecl(New);
08734   }
08735 
08736   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
08737   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
08738     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
08739         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
08740         II->isStr("FILE"))
08741       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
08742 
08743   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
08744   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
08745   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
08746       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
08747     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
08748 
08749   if (PrevDecl)
08750     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
08751 
08752   OwnedDecl = true;
08753   return New;
08754 }
08755 
08756 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
08757   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
08758   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
08759   
08760   // Enter the tag context.
08761   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
08762 }
08763 
08764 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
08765   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 
08766          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
08767   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
08768   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
08769       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
08770   CurContext = OCD;
08771   return IDecl;
08772 }
08773 
08774 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
08775                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
08776                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
08777   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
08778   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
08779 
08780   FieldCollector->StartClass();
08781 
08782   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
08783     return;
08784 
08785   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
08786     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
08787     
08788   // C++ [class]p2:
08789   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
08790   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
08791   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
08792   //   as if it were a public member name.
08793   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
08794     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
08795                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
08796                             Record->getIdentifier(),
08797                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
08798                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
08799   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
08800   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
08801   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
08802   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
08803       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
08804   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
08805   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
08806          "Broken injected-class-name");
08807 }
08808 
08809 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
08810                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
08811   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
08812   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
08813   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
08814 
08815   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
08816   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
08817     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
08818     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
08819       RD->completeDefinition();
08820   }
08821 
08822   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
08823     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
08824 
08825   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
08826   PopDeclContext();
08827                                           
08828   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
08829   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
08830 }
08831 
08832 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
08833   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
08834   PopDeclContext();
08835 }
08836 
08837 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
08838   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
08839   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
08840   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
08841 }
08842 
08843 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
08844   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
08845   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
08846 }
08847 
08848 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
08849   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
08850   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
08851   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
08852 
08853   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
08854   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
08855     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
08856       RD->completeDefinition();
08857   }
08858 
08859   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
08860   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
08861   // the FieldCollector.
08862 
08863   PopDeclContext();  
08864 }
08865 
08866 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
08867 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
08868                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
08869                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
08870                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
08871   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
08872   if (ZeroWidth)
08873     *ZeroWidth = true;
08874 
08875   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
08876   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
08877   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
08878     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
08879     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
08880       return ExprError();
08881     if (FieldName)
08882       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
08883         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
08884     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
08885       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
08886   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
08887                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
08888     return ExprError();
08889 
08890   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
08891   // it now.
08892   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
08893     return Owned(BitWidth);
08894 
08895   llvm::APSInt Value;
08896   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
08897   if (ICE.isInvalid())
08898     return ICE;
08899   BitWidth = ICE.take();
08900 
08901   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
08902     *ZeroWidth = false;
08903 
08904   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
08905   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
08906     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
08907 
08908   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
08909     if (FieldName)
08910       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
08911                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
08912     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
08913       << Value.toString(10);
08914   }
08915 
08916   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
08917     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
08918     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
08919       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
08920         if (FieldName) 
08921           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
08922             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 
08923             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
08924         
08925         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
08926           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
08927       }
08928       
08929       if (FieldName)
08930         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
08931           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 
08932           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
08933       else
08934         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
08935           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;        
08936     }
08937   }
08938 
08939   return Owned(BitWidth);
08940 }
08941 
08942 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
08943 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
08944 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
08945                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
08946   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
08947                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
08948                                /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public);
08949   return Res;
08950 }
08951 
08952 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
08953 ///
08954 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
08955                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
08956                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
08957                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
08958   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
08959   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
08960   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
08961 
08962   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
08963   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
08964   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
08965     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
08966 
08967     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
08968                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
08969       D.setInvalidType();
08970       T = Context.IntTy;
08971       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
08972     }
08973   }
08974 
08975   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
08976 
08977   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
08978     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
08979   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
08980     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
08981       << 2;
08982   
08983   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
08984   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
08985   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
08986   LookupName(Previous, S);
08987   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
08988     case LookupResult::Found:
08989     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
08990       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
08991       break;
08992       
08993     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
08994       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
08995       break;
08996       
08997     case LookupResult::NotFound:
08998     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
08999     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
09000       break;
09001   }
09002   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
09003 
09004   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
09005     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
09006     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
09007     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
09008     PrevDecl = 0;
09009   }
09010 
09011   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
09012     PrevDecl = 0;
09013 
09014   bool Mutable
09015     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
09016   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
09017   FieldDecl *NewFD
09018     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit,
09019                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
09020 
09021   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
09022     Record->setInvalidDecl();
09023 
09024   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
09025     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
09026   
09027   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
09028     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
09029     // with the same name in the same scope.
09030   } else if (II) {
09031     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
09032   } else
09033     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
09034 
09035   return NewFD;
09036 }
09037 
09038 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
09039 ///
09040 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
09041 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
09042 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
09043 /// created.
09044 ///
09045 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
09046 ///
09047 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
09048 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
09049                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
09050                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
09051                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
09052                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
09053                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
09054                                 Declarator *D) {
09055   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
09056   bool InvalidDecl = false;
09057   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
09058 
09059   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
09060   // marking this declaration as invalid.
09061   if (T.isNull()) {
09062     InvalidDecl = true;
09063     T = Context.IntTy;
09064   }
09065 
09066   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
09067   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
09068     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
09069       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
09070       Record->setInvalidDecl();
09071       InvalidDecl = true;
09072     } else {
09073       NamedDecl *Def;
09074       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
09075       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
09076         Record->setInvalidDecl();
09077         InvalidDecl = true;
09078       }
09079     }
09080   }
09081 
09082   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
09083   // than a variably modified type.
09084   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
09085     bool SizeIsNegative;
09086     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
09087     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
09088                                                            SizeIsNegative,
09089                                                            Oversized);
09090     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
09091       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
09092       T = FixedTy;
09093     } else {
09094       if (SizeIsNegative)
09095         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
09096       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
09097         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
09098           << Oversized.toString(10);
09099       else
09100         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
09101       InvalidDecl = true;
09102     }
09103   }
09104 
09105   // Fields can not have abstract class types
09106   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
09107                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
09108                                              AbstractFieldType))
09109     InvalidDecl = true;
09110 
09111   bool ZeroWidth = false;
09112   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
09113   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
09114     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
09115     if (!BitWidth) {
09116       InvalidDecl = true;
09117       BitWidth = 0;
09118       ZeroWidth = false;
09119     }
09120   }
09121 
09122   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
09123   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
09124     unsigned DiagID = 0;
09125     if (T->isReferenceType())
09126       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
09127     else if (T.isConstQualified())
09128       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
09129 
09130     if (DiagID) {
09131       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
09132       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
09133         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
09134       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
09135       Mutable = false;
09136       InvalidDecl = true;
09137     }
09138   }
09139 
09140   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
09141                                        BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit);
09142   if (InvalidDecl)
09143     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
09144 
09145   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
09146     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
09147     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
09148     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
09149   }
09150 
09151   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
09152     if (Record->isUnion()) {
09153       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
09154         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
09155         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
09156           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
09157           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
09158           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
09159           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
09160           // objects.
09161           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
09162             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
09163         }
09164       }
09165 
09166       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
09167       // the program is ill-formed.
09168       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
09169         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
09170           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
09171         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
09172       }
09173     }
09174   }
09175 
09176   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
09177   // representation, not a parser representation.
09178   if (D)
09179     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
09180     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
09181 
09182   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
09183   // retainable type.
09184   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
09185     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
09186 
09187   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
09188     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
09189 
09190   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
09191   return NewFD;
09192 }
09193 
09194 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
09195   assert(FD);
09196   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
09197 
09198   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
09199     return true;
09200 
09201   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
09202   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
09203     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
09204     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
09205       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
09206       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
09207       // copy constructors.
09208 
09209       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
09210       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
09211         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
09212       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
09213         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
09214       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
09215         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
09216       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
09217         member = CXXDestructor;
09218 
09219       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
09220         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
09221             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
09222           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
09223           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 
09224           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
09225           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 
09226           // members unavailable.
09227           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
09228           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
09229             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
09230               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
09231                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
09232             return false;
09233           }
09234         }
09235 
09236         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
09237                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
09238                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
09239           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
09240         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
09241         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
09242       }
09243     }
09244   }
09245   
09246   return false;
09247 }
09248 
09249 /// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining
09250 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
09251 static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
09252                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
09253                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
09254   if (!CD->isUserProvided())
09255     return false;
09256 
09257   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
09258   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
09259   return true;
09260 }
09261 
09262 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
09263 /// special member, figure out why.
09264 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
09265   QualType QT(T, 0U);
09266   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
09267 
09268   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
09269   switch (member) {
09270   case CXXInvalid:
09271     break;
09272 
09273   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
09274     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
09275       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
09276       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
09277         if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, &*CI, member))
09278           return;
09279 
09280       // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates.
09281       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
09282           tmpl_iter;
09283       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
09284            TI != TE; ++TI) {
09285         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
09286             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
09287         if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
09288           return;
09289       }
09290     }
09291     break;
09292 
09293   case CXXCopyConstructor:
09294     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
09295       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
09296         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
09297       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
09298       return;
09299     }
09300     break;
09301 
09302   case CXXMoveConstructor:
09303     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
09304       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
09305       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
09306       return;
09307     }
09308     break;
09309 
09310   case CXXCopyAssignment:
09311     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
09312       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
09313       // assignment, not the type.
09314       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getLocStart();
09315       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
09316       return;
09317     }
09318     break;
09319 
09320   case CXXMoveAssignment:
09321     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
09322       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
09323       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
09324       return;
09325     }
09326     break;
09327 
09328   case CXXDestructor:
09329     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
09330       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
09331       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
09332       return;
09333     }
09334     break;
09335   }
09336 
09337   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
09338 
09339   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
09340   // but not trivial destruction.
09341   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
09342     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
09343     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
09344     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
09345       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
09346         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
09347         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
09348         return;
09349       }
09350 
09351     // Check for virtual methods.
09352     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
09353     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
09354          ++mi) {
09355       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
09356         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
09357         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
09358         return;
09359       }
09360     }
09361   }
09362 
09363   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
09364   switch (member) {
09365   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
09366     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
09367   case CXXCopyConstructor:
09368     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
09369   case CXXCopyAssignment:
09370     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
09371   case CXXDestructor:
09372     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
09373   default:
09374     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
09375   }
09376 
09377   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
09378   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
09379     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
09380     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
09381     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
09382     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
09383       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
09384       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
09385       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
09386       return;
09387     }
09388   }
09389 
09390   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
09391   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
09392   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
09393        ++fi) {
09394     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
09395     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
09396       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
09397 
09398       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
09399         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
09400         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
09401         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
09402         return;
09403       }
09404     }
09405     
09406     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
09407       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
09408       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
09409       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
09410         break;
09411           
09412       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
09413       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
09414       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
09415         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
09416           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
09417         return;
09418       }
09419     }
09420   }
09421 
09422   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
09423 }
09424 
09425 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
09426 ///  AST enum value.
09427 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
09428 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
09429   switch (ivarVisibility) {
09430   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
09431   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
09432   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
09433   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
09434   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
09435   }
09436 }
09437 
09438 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
09439 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
09440 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
09441                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
09442                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
09443                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
09444 
09445   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
09446   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
09447   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
09448   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
09449 
09450   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
09451   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
09452 
09453   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
09454   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
09455 
09456   if (BitWidth) {
09457     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
09458     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
09459     if (!BitWidth)
09460       D.setInvalidType();
09461   } else {
09462     // Not a bitfield.
09463 
09464     // validate II.
09465 
09466   }
09467   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
09468     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
09469     D.setInvalidType();
09470   }
09471   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
09472   // than a variably modified type.
09473   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
09474     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
09475     D.setInvalidType();
09476   }
09477 
09478   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
09479   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
09480     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
09481                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
09482   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
09483   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
09484   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
09485     return 0;
09486   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
09487   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
09488       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
09489     if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
09490     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
09491       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
09492       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
09493     }
09494     else
09495       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
09496   } else {
09497     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 
09498         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
09499       if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
09500         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
09501         return 0;
09502       }
09503     }
09504     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
09505   }
09506 
09507   // Construct the decl.
09508   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
09509                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
09510                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
09511 
09512   if (II) {
09513     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
09514                                            ForRedeclaration);
09515     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
09516         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
09517       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
09518       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
09519       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
09520     }
09521   }
09522 
09523   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
09524   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
09525 
09526   if (D.isInvalidType())
09527     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
09528 
09529   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
09530   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
09531     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
09532 
09533   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
09534     NewID->setModulePrivate();
09535   
09536   if (II) {
09537     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
09538     // these to the interface.
09539     S->AddDecl(NewID);
09540     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
09541   }
09542   
09543   if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 &&
09544       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
09545     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
09546   
09547   return NewID;
09548 }
09549 
09550 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 
09551 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 
09552 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 
09553 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
09554 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
09555                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
09556   if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
09557     return;
09558   
09559   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
09560   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
09561   
09562   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
09563     return;
09564   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
09565   if (!ID) {
09566     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
09567       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
09568         return;
09569     }
09570     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
09571     else
09572       return;
09573   }
09574   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
09575   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
09576   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
09577 
09578   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
09579                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
09580                               Context.CharTy, 
09581                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
09582                                                                DeclLoc),
09583                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
09584                               true);
09585   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
09586 }
09587 
09588 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
09589                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
09590                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
09591                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
09592                        AttributeList *Attr) {
09593   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
09594 
09595   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
09596   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
09597   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
09598     return;
09599 
09600   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
09601 
09602   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
09603   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
09604   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
09605   if (Record) {
09606     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
09607                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
09608       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
09609         if (IFD->getDeclName())
09610           ++NumNamedMembers;
09611     }
09612   }
09613 
09614   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
09615   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
09616 
09617   bool ARCErrReported = false;
09618   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
09619        i != end; ++i) {
09620     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
09621 
09622     // Get the type for the field.
09623     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
09624 
09625     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
09626       // Remember all fields written by the user.
09627       RecFields.push_back(FD);
09628     }
09629 
09630     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
09631     // diagnostics about it.
09632     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
09633       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
09634       continue;
09635     }
09636 
09637     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
09638     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
09639     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
09640     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
09641     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
09642     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
09643     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
09644     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
09645     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
09646     //   array.
09647     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
09648       // Field declared as a function.
09649       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
09650         << FD->getDeclName();
09651       FD->setInvalidDecl();
09652       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
09653       continue;
09654     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 
09655                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
09656                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
09657                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
09658                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
09659       // Flexible array member.
09660       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
09661       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
09662       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
09663       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
09664         if (Record->isUnion()) 
09665           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
09666             << FD->getDeclName();
09667         else if (Fields.size() == 1) 
09668           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
09669             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
09670       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
09671         if (Record->isUnion()) 
09672           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
09673             << FD->getDeclName();
09674         else if (Fields.size() == 1) 
09675           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
09676             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
09677       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
09678       if (Record->isUnion())
09679         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
09680           << FD->getDeclName();
09681       else
09682         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
09683           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
09684       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
09685         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
09686           << FD->getDeclName();
09687         FD->setInvalidDecl();
09688         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
09689         continue;
09690       }
09691       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
09692           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
09693         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
09694           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
09695         FD->setInvalidDecl();
09696         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
09697         continue;
09698       }
09699       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
09700       if (Record)
09701         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
09702     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
09703                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
09704                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
09705       // Incomplete type
09706       FD->setInvalidDecl();
09707       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
09708       continue;
09709     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
09710       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
09711         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
09712         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
09713           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
09714         } else {
09715           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
09716           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
09717           // structures.
09718           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
09719             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
09720               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
09721           else {
09722             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
09723             // other structs as an extension.
09724             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
09725               << FD->getDeclName();
09726             if (Record)
09727               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
09728           }
09729         }
09730       }
09731       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
09732         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
09733     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
09734       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
09735       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
09736         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
09737       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
09738       FD->setType(T);
09739     } 
09740     else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
09741       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
09742         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
09743         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
09744         // so we just make the field unavailable.
09745         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
09746         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
09747         QualType T = FD->getType();
09748         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
09749         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
09750           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
09751           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
09752             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
09753               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
09754                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
09755             }
09756           } else {
09757             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 
09758               << T->isBlockPointerType();
09759           }
09760           ARCErrReported = true;
09761         }
09762       }
09763       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
09764                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
09765                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
09766         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
09767             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
09768           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
09769         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
09770           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
09771           if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 
09772               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
09773             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
09774           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
09775                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
09776                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
09777         }
09778       }
09779     }
09780     // Keep track of the number of named members.
09781     if (FD->getIdentifier())
09782       ++NumNamedMembers;
09783   }
09784 
09785   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
09786   if (Record) {
09787     bool Completed = false;
09788     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
09789       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
09790         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
09791         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
09792         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 
09793              I != E; ++I)
09794           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
09795         
09796         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
09797           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
09798           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
09799           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
09800           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
09801           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
09802           //
09803           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 
09804           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 
09805           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 
09806           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 
09807           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
09808           if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
09809               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 
09810               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
09811             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
09812               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 
09813                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
09814                << CXXRecord;
09815             } else {
09816               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
09817               // for them is going to be tricky.
09818               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
09819                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 
09820                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
09821                   << CXXRecord << 0;
09822               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
09823                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 
09824                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
09825                 << CXXRecord << 1;
09826               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
09827                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 
09828                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
09829                 << CXXRecord << 2;
09830             }
09831           }
09832           
09833           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
09834           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
09835               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
09836             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
09837 
09838           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
09839           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
09840 
09841           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 
09842           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 
09843           // problem now.
09844           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
09845             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
09846             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
09847             
09848             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 
09849                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
09850                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
09851               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 
09852                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
09853                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
09854                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 
09855                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
09856                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
09857                   continue;
09858                 
09859                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
09860                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
09861                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
09862                 //   program is ill-formed.
09863                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
09864                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
09865                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 
09866                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
09867                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 
09868                           OM = SO->second.begin(), 
09869                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
09870                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
09871                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
09872                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
09873                 
09874                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
09875               }
09876             }
09877             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
09878             Completed = true;
09879           }
09880         }
09881       }
09882     }
09883     
09884     if (!Completed)
09885       Record->completeDefinition();
09886 
09887   } else {
09888     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
09889       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
09890     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
09891       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
09892       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
09893       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
09894         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
09895         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
09896       }
09897       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
09898       // duplicates.
09899       if (ID->getSuperClass())
09900         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
09901     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
09902                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
09903       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
09904       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
09905         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
09906         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
09907         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
09908       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
09909       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
09910       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
09911     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 
09912                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
09913       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
09914       // reported as errors elsewhere.
09915       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
09916       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
09917       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
09918       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
09919       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
09920       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
09921         if (IDecl) {
09922           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 
09923               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
09924             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 
09925                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 
09926             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
09927             continue;
09928           }
09929           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 
09930                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
09931                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
09932             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 
09933                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
09934               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 
09935                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 
09936               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
09937               continue;
09938             }
09939           }
09940         }
09941         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
09942         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
09943       }
09944       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
09945       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
09946     }
09947   }
09948 
09949   if (Attr)
09950     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
09951 
09952   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
09953   // set the visibility of this record.
09954   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
09955     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
09956 }
09957 
09958 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
09959 /// the given type T.
09960 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
09961                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
09962                                         QualType T) {
09963   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
09964   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
09965   
09966   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
09967     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 
09968       --BitWidth;
09969     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
09970   }  
09971   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
09972 }
09973 
09974 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
09975 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
09976 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
09977   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 
09978   // enum checking below.
09979   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
09980   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
09981   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 
09982     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
09983   };
09984   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 
09985     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 
09986     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
09987   };
09988   
09989   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
09990   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
09991                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
09992   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
09993     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
09994       return Types[I];
09995   
09996   return QualType();
09997 }
09998 
09999 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10000                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10001                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10002                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10003                                           Expr *Val) {
10004   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10005   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10006   QualType EltTy;
10007 
10008   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10009     Val = 0;
10010 
10011   if (Val)
10012     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10013 
10014   if (Val) {
10015     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10016       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10017     else {
10018       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10019       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10020           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10021         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10022         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10023         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10024         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10025         ExprResult Converted =
10026           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10027                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10028         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10029           Val = 0;
10030         else
10031           Val = Converted.take();
10032       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10033                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10034                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10035         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10036       } else {
10037         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10038           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10039 
10040           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10041           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10042           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10043           // expression checking.
10044           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10045             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10046               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10047               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10048             } else
10049               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10050           } else
10051             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10052         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10053           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10054           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10055           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10056           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 
10057           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10058           EltTy = Val->getType();
10059         } else {
10060           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10061           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10062           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10063           //   representable as an int.
10064 
10065           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10066           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10067             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10068               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10069               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10070           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10071             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10072             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10073           }
10074           EltTy = Val->getType();
10075         }
10076       }
10077     }
10078   }
10079 
10080   if (!Val) {
10081     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10082       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10083     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10084       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10085       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10086       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10087       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 
10088       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10089       //
10090       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 
10091       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10092       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10093         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10094       }
10095       else {
10096         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10097       }
10098     } else {
10099       // Assign the last value + 1.
10100       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10101       ++EnumVal;
10102       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10103 
10104       // Check for overflow on increment.
10105       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10106         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10107         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10108         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10109         //
10110         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10111         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10112         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10113         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 
10114         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10115         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10116         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10117         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10118           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 
10119           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10120           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10121           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10122           ++EnumVal;
10123           if (Enum->isFixed())
10124             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10125             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10126               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10127               << EltTy;
10128           else
10129             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10130               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10131         } else {
10132           EltTy = T;
10133         }
10134         
10135         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10136         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10137         // value, then increment.
10138         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10139         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10140         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10141         ++EnumVal;        
10142         
10143         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10144         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10145         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10146         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10147         // integral type.
10148         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10149           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10150       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10151                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10152         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10153         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10154           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10155       }
10156     }
10157   }
10158 
10159   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10160     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 
10161     // enumerator's type.
10162     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10163     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10164   }
10165   
10166   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10167                                   Val, EnumVal);
10168 }
10169 
10170 
10171 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10172                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10173                               AttributeList *Attr,
10174                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10175   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10176   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10177     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10178 
10179   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10180   // we find one that is.
10181   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10182 
10183   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10184   // scope.
10185   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10186                                          ForRedeclaration);
10187   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10188     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10189     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10190     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10191     PrevDecl = 0;
10192   }
10193 
10194   if (PrevDecl) {
10195     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10196     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10197     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10198            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10199     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10200       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10201         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10202       else
10203         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10204       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10205       return 0;
10206     }
10207   }
10208 
10209   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
10210   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 
10211   //   name different from T:
10212   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 
10213   //       type
10214   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10215                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10216                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10217     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10218       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10219   
10220   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10221     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10222 
10223   if (New) {
10224     // Process attributes.
10225     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10226 
10227     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10228     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10229     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10230   }
10231 
10232   return New;
10233 }
10234 
10235 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10236                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10237                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10238                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10239   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10240   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10241 
10242   if (Attr)
10243     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10244 
10245   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10246     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10247       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10248         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10249       if (!ECD) continue;
10250 
10251       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10252     }
10253 
10254     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10255     return;
10256   }
10257 
10258   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10259   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10260   // emit a warning.
10261   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10262   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10263   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10264 
10265   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10266   // reverse the list.
10267   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10268   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10269 
10270   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10271   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10272 
10273   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10274     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10275       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10276     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10277 
10278     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10279 
10280     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10281     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10282       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10283                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10284     else
10285       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10286                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10287 
10288     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10289     if (AllElementsInt)
10290       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10291   }
10292 
10293   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10294   QualType BestType;
10295   unsigned BestWidth;
10296 
10297   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10298   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10299   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10300   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10301   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10302   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10303   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10304   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10305   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 
10306   QualType BestPromotionType;
10307 
10308   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10309   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10310   // enum definitions.
10311   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10312     Packed = true;
10313 
10314   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10315     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10316     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10317       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10318     else
10319       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10320     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10321     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10322     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10323     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10324   }
10325   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10326     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10327     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10328     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10329     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10330       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10331       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10332     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10333                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10334       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10335       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10336     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10337       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10338       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10339     } else {
10340       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10341 
10342       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10343         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10344       } else {
10345         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10346 
10347         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10348           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10349         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10350       }
10351     }
10352     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10353   } else {
10354     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10355     // all of the enumerator values.
10356     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10357     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10358       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10359       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10360       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10361     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10362       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10363       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10364       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10365     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10366       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10367       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10368       BestPromotionType
10369         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10370                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10371     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10372                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10373       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10374       BestPromotionType
10375         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10376                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10377     } else {
10378       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10379       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10380              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10381       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10382       BestPromotionType
10383         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10384                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10385     }
10386   }
10387 
10388   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10389   // the type of the enum if needed.
10390   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10391     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10392     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10393 
10394     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10395     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10396     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10397     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10398     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10399 
10400     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10401     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10402 
10403     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10404     // the enum decl type.
10405     QualType NewTy;
10406     unsigned NewWidth;
10407     bool NewSign;
10408     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10409         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10410         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10411       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10412       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10413       NewSign = true;
10414     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10415       // Already the right type!
10416       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10417         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10418         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10419         // enumeration.
10420         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10421       continue;
10422     } else {
10423       NewTy = BestType;
10424       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10425       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10426     }
10427 
10428     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10429     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10430     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10431     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10432 
10433     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10434     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10435         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10436       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10437                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10438                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10439                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10440                                                 VK_RValue));
10441     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10442       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10443       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10444       // enumeration.
10445       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10446     else
10447       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10448   }
10449 
10450   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10451                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10452 
10453   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
10454   // it needs to go into the function scope.
10455   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
10456     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
10457 
10458 }
10459 
10460 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10461                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10462                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10463   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10464 
10465   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10466                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10467                                                    EndLoc);
10468   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10469   return New;
10470 }
10471 
10472 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 
10473                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc, 
10474                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10475   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 
10476                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10477                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10478   if (!Mod)
10479     return true;
10480   
10481   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10482   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10483   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10484     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10485     // We need the length to be consistent.
10486     if (!ModCheck)
10487       break;
10488     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10489     
10490     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10491   }
10492 
10493   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 
10494                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10495                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 
10496                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10497   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10498   return Import;
10499 }
10500 
10501 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10502                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10503                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10504                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
10505                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10506   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
10507                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10508   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
10509      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
10510 
10511   if (PrevDecl) 
10512     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
10513   else 
10514     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10515       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
10516 }
10517 
10518 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10519                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10520                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10521   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10522 
10523   if (PrevDecl) {
10524     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10525   } else {
10526     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10527       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10528         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10529   }
10530 }
10531 
10532 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10533                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10534                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10535                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10536                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10537   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10538                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10539   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10540 
10541   if (PrevDecl) {
10542     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10543       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10544         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10545   } else {
10546     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10547       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10548   }
10549 }
10550 
10551 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10552   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10553 }
10554 
10555 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10556   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
10557   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
10558   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
10559     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
10560   
10561   return D->getAvailability();
10562 }